diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44178-0.txt | 1346 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44178-h/44178-h.htm | 1618 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44178-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 100950 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44178-h/images/i_001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 92788 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44178-h/images/i_004.jpg | bin | 0 -> 4687 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44178-h/images/i_058.jpg | bin | 0 -> 91342 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44178-h/images/i_079.jpg | bin | 0 -> 91217 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44178-h/images/i_091.jpg | bin | 0 -> 92528 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44178-h/images/i_b_cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 92145 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178-8.txt | 1743 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 33925 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 595722 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178-h/44178-h.htm | 2039 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 100950 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178-h/images/i_001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 92788 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178-h/images/i_004.jpg | bin | 0 -> 4687 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178-h/images/i_058.jpg | bin | 0 -> 91342 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178-h/images/i_079.jpg | bin | 0 -> 91217 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178-h/images/i_091.jpg | bin | 0 -> 92528 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178-h/images/i_b_cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 92145 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178.txt | 1743 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44178.zip | bin | 0 -> 33905 bytes |
25 files changed, 8505 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/44178-0.txt b/44178-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d50a4a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/44178-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1346 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44178 *** + + [Illustration: _page 11._ + + --"may Heaven bless & direct you"! + + _London, Published by Harvey & Darton, 56 Gracechurch Street, + 10th Dec. 1822._] + + + + + THE FRIENDS; + + OR, + + THE TRIUMPH OF INNOCENCE + + OVER + + _FALSE CHARGES_. + + A Tale, + FOUNDED ON FACTS. + + "TIME AT LAST SETS ALL THINGS EVEN." + + LONDON: + PRINTED FOR HARVEY AND DARTON, + GRACECHURCH-STREET. + + 1822. + + + + + THE FRIENDS, &c. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + +In one of the pleasant villages in the beautiful county of Kent, was +situated a boarding-school of considerable celebrity. It had, for many +years, been distinguished for possessing an excellent master, in the +person of the Rev. Dr. Harris, who, by his amiable manners and sound +knowledge, had obtained the friendship of the surrounding gentry; while +his fatherly interest in behalf of the affairs of the poor, caused him +to be universally beloved. He was curate of the parish, as well as +school-master; and his parishioners and scholars were alike the objects +of his tender regard and anxious solicitude. + +His family consisted of a wife and two daughters, who were equally +respected by all who had the pleasure of their acquaintance. Mrs. +Harris was, indeed, every way worthy of her amiable partner; and her +greatest pleasure consisted in doing good. Although frequently herself +in a very weak state of health; yet, neither the inclemency of the +weather, nor the distance, deterred her from going, in person, to +visit, to comfort, and to assist those of her fellow-creatures who +were in distress. It was quite enough for her to know that any of her +poorer neighbours were in want, to command her immediate aid; and, by +thus setting them a good Christian example, she was better enabled +to assist her amiable husband in enforcing the mild and wholesome +doctrines of religion. + +Her lovely daughters, too, Juliana and Eliza, were of sufficient ages +to be her companions in these charitable visits; and their hearts +panted for the power to do good, and longed to receive and to deserve +such blessings as were bestowed, with grateful lips, upon their beloved +mother, whenever she passed the cottages of the poor. They pitied +their wants and sufferings, and participated and rejoiced in their +happiness; and frequently expressed a desire for riches, to enable them +to relieve their misfortunes. Upon such occasions, Mrs. Harris never +failed to impress upon their young minds this valuable truth: that +wealth does not always afford the best means of doing good. She used to +say, that those children who sincerely wish to do an act of charity, +seldom want the means of doing something to relieve the necessities +and soothe the afflictions of those who are pining in wretchedness; +for even a kind consoling word, with a very little personal attention, +was often esteemed more valuable, and even proved to be more useful, +than money, to those whose spirits as well as bodies were pressed down +by distress. Added to this advice, this excellent lady seldom let an +opportunity pass of enforcing the most strict and pious attention to +their religious duties. Her motto was: + + "Teach me to feel another's woe, + To hide the fault I see: + That mercy I to others show, + That mercy show to me." + +The school was at the extremity of the village, and attached to the +parsonage-house. The situation was retired and beautiful. At a little +distance stood the village church, in all its ancient simplicity, +except that it had, for some years, been nearly covered with ivy; the +most pleasing decoration that it is possible for Nature to bestow upon +a country place of worship. Its green and glossy leaf, whether viewed +by the soft glow of moon-light, or by the broad glare of sun-shine, is +always an object of admiration. + +The number of scholars was about forty; and in this, as in other +schools, boys of various dispositions were to be found. Some possessed +all the good temper and vivacity that could be wished; and their +faults were seldom of so serious a nature as to demand more than a +slight reproof: while others were morose, passionate, envious, and +disobliging; imposing upon their younger school-fellows at every +opportunity, and perplexing those of their own age by frequent +interruptions in their sports and lessons. + +Amongst the number of those who were generally beloved by their +school-fellows, were Henry Wardour and George Harrington, the sons +of two respectable tradesmen, who were partners in a very lucrative +business in London. George had been so unfortunate as to lose his mamma +when he was scarcely five years of age; and as he was the only child, +Mrs. Wardour, who had always entertained great esteem for his parents, +requested of his papa to allow her the pleasure of instructing him with +her son Henry. To an offer so kind and advantageous, Mr. Harrington +could have no objection; but fearing that the task would become +irksome, and be too great an exertion for his friend, he endeavoured +to persuade her from her purpose; when she replied: "The trouble, Sir, +I beg you will not think about: it will be nothing. While teaching my +own son, I shall feel a pleasure in imparting the same instruction +to yours. Besides, I promised my dear friend Mrs. H. when on her +death-bed, that I would be a parent to her son; therefore, Sir, I beg +you will grant my request." Mr. Harrington consented, and deferred his +plan of sending George to a preparatory school; and he was admitted at +once into the house of Mrs. Wardour. + +Henry, who was about eight months older than his friend, looked upon +this arrangement with unusual joy. As he had no brother, George had +hitherto been his frequent play-fellow; and the knowledge that he was +now about to live in the same house, to eat, drink, sleep, and play +with him, gave him a pleasure which he had never before felt. + +Thus, from so early an association, their friendship became deeply +rooted; and as Mrs. Wardour was a lady well qualified for the task she +had imposed upon herself, the lads made considerable progress in their +education, and continued to do so until they were eleven or twelve +years of age, when their kind preceptress was attacked with a severe +sickness. In this state she had continued upwards of a month, when her +husband, seeing no immediate prospect of her recovery, and fearing the +lads might lose all the learning they had received while under her +care, prevailed upon her to let them be sent to school. To this she at +length consented; and the school of Dr. Harris having been strongly +recommended, they were put under the superintendence of that gentleman. + +Before leaving home, however, their parents gave them their parting +blessing; and Mr. Wardour, pressing them affectionately by the hand, +told them they were now about to begin a little world for themselves: +"therefore," said he, in an earnest and impressive manner, "may Heaven +bless and direct all your actions, so that you may grow up to be +honest, brave, and good men. And remember well what I now say: if ever +I hear that you are quarrelsome, you will displease me much; but if I +find that you are unjust in your dealings towards your school-fellows, +I shall punish you severely. Above all, be friends to one another." +With this advice, and a determination to attend to it, our little +friends bid their parents farewell. + +The dispositions of Henry and George were somewhat different, and yet +they continued to be sincere friends. Henry was mild, good-natured, +and patient. George was good-natured, but hasty and passionate; and +though Mrs. Wardour took great pains to impress upon his youthful +mind the danger he was continually in, from not being able to control +his temper, she never succeeded in teaching him that mildness so +much admired in her own son. But in every other respect he was truly +amiable; and if, in his passion, he was ever led into any serious +error, he never failed to beg pardon of those whom he had offended, and +always made every amends in his power. + +By this failing in George's temper, Henry was too frequently a +sufferer; for he was always obliged to give up whatever play-things +the other wished for, which he generally did with readiness and good +temper, although he was oldest of the two. But this was only the case +when they were very young; for, from the time that they had left home, +and had been put under the care of Dr. Harris, they were, if possible, +greater friends than ever; and George had so far succeeded in mastering +his temper, as seldom to be in a passion, and never with his friend +Henry. He still, however, possessed that nobleness and high spirit, +which mostly checked him in doing a wrong action, and always prompted +him to interfere in behalf of any of his school-fellows whom he thought +were unjustly treated; in which he was ably seconded by his friend +Henry. + +In personal appearance there was little similarity. Henry was weak, +pale, and delicate: George, strong, fresh-coloured, and vigorous. Many +a time had Mrs. Wardour watched over her weakly but truly beautiful +boy, with an anxious eye, fearing that she should never be able to rear +him to manhood. But since he had been with Dr. Harris, his health had +much improved. His face, which had before been pale, was now tanned +with the heat of the sun; and the fresh country air had given an +additional brightness to his fine dark eyes: while the healthy round +face, and plump appearance of George, seemed to improve in a like +degree. + +In short, these boys, by their politeness and good-nature, rather than +by their appearance, were beloved by all their school-fellows, except +a few of the malicious, envious dispositions, who only disliked them +because they sometimes resisted their impositions, and detected their +falsehoods. + +With their master's family they were also more intimate; and though Dr. +Harris never made any distinction, or showed any partiality to one boy +more than to another, yet it was not so with his two daughters, Juliana +and Eliza. They had their favourites; and though Henry and George were +nearly the last comers, and had not been more than three months in the +school, they had so won upon the young ladies, (who were nearly of the +same age as themselves,) by their cheerfulness, and polite attention in +gathering pretty flowers, cleaning their bird-cages, &c. as to be their +decided favourites. + +Mrs. Harris had also entertained a regard for Henry, from the moment +she first saw him, as he strongly resembled a late son of hers, who +was unfortunately drowned when about his age. + +And it was well for Henry that he possessed so many friends; for in +the difficulties he afterwards had to contend with, he stood in great +need of them; and as my little readers are now pretty well acquainted +with their characters, they shall hear in what those difficulties +consisted. But before entering upon the principal circumstances in this +little history, it will be necessary to acquaint my young friends with +a trifling affair that took place about a month or six weeks after the +arrival of Henry and George. By their interference upon this occasion, +they put an end to an evil, a species of _fagging_, which had been +practised unknown to the master; while they at the same time roused +the bad dispositions of some of the elder boys, as will be seen in the +sequel. + + + + +CHAP. II. + + +It had been a custom in Dr. Harris's school to admit an aged woman, +once a week, to call with cakes, lozenges, and other sweetmeats; and as +she was very poor, each lad was allowed, and indeed expected, to lay +out a penny with her. This they did very willingly, not merely because +she generally had a good assortment of those things which little boys +are fond of, but because she was cheerful, civil, and obliging; and +frequently took in good part, the tricks they so often played upon +her. She used also to bring her grand-daughter Emma with her, for +the purpose of taking the money, and carrying her basket, which was a +pleasing duty to this little girl, for she dearly loved her grandmother. + +This well-intended plan of compelling the boys to spend their money in +the school-room, though of benefit to Dame Higgins, (for that was her +name,) at length caused a violent irruption, by giving the elder boys +an opportunity of imposing upon the younger ones; when, if they had +been allowed to have spent their half-pence in the village, they might +have evaded the impost which was laid upon them. The old woman used to +arrive regularly every Wednesday and Saturday afternoons, which were +half-holidays; and Dr. Harris, fearing that if all were admitted at one +time, she might be confused, had ordered that they should proceed by +rotation, but only six at a time; consequently, the biggest boys always +entered first, and then waited at the other door till the rest came +out with their cakes, fruit, or sweetmeats. Now, so much power had the +elder boys, (particularly Brown, Greene, and Walker,) over the rest, +that they regularly exacted from them either a plum, a cake, a pear, or +something of what they had purchased. + +Soon after Henry and George had arrived at the school, and they were +passing through the door which led into the play-ground, with their +cakes, they were stopped, amongst the rest, and asked by Walker for a +bit of something; and as they saw most of the boys gave one thing or +other, and being themselves good-natured, they readily bestowed their +portion; and this was repeated for three or four weeks. + +About this time little Ned Hooper, a lad much liked by most of the +boys for his mirth and good humour, came up to George, with a tear in +his eye, and said, "Look here! see what these fellows have left me, +out of what I bought: they have taken above half," added he, showing +a few lozenges, "and all because I said they ought to be ashamed of +themselves for so doing." + +"Ashamed, indeed!" cried George, with indignation; "and are those all +they have left you?" + +"Yes; and they had as many from me last week, but I did not say any +thing about it," said Ned. + +"Why did you give them any this week, if they had so many from you the +week before?" asked Henry. + +"Because I am not strong enough to prevent them, or they should not +have one from me. But it is so with all us little boys. They take some +of our gingerbread or fruit from us every week." And he then walked +away crying. + +Some of the other boys who stood round, confirmed what little Ned had +said, and told George and Henry that they would be obliged to submit +to the same, as long as those _tyrants_ were in the school; for they +had taken from them ever since they had been there. They then went +and fetched little Ned, who had just finished the lozenges they had +left him, and then cheerfully joined in the play as though nothing had +happened. + +Not so our two young friends, who were much hurt to see their little +school-fellows imposed upon; and endeavoured to find out some plan by +which they might put an end to so shameful a practice. They at first +thought of offering them a certain quantity from amongst all the boys; +but afterwards determined upon stopping it altogether, by a combination +amongst their school-fellows. "For why," said George, in an animated +tone, "should one boy be allowed to act unjustly towards another, +merely because he is older or stronger? It is 'might overcoming right;' +and therefore I think we should be justified in resisting these +_tyrants_, as they are properly called, by every means in our power." + +They then joined the rest at play, having resolved to make them +acquainted with their determination before the next arrival of Dame +Higgins. + +This opportunity soon offered; for about four o'clock the same +afternoon, Greene, Walker, Brown, and those with whom they generally +associated, left the school to take a walk through the town. Henry +observed all the boys whom he had seen at the door, when they passed +with their cakes, leave the play-ground; and mentioned to his friend +George, that it would be a good time to ask their school-fellows +whether they would join in their resistance. Henry, therefore, +collected them together; and George informed them that he had a plan +to submit, how they might preserve their cakes from the _tyrants_; +which occasioned an expression of great joy among the little boys, who +thought they saw in their two new school-fellows, worthy and trusty +champions. + +"What is it?" "How shall we do it?" was asked by many an anxious and +eager boy, who had long wished to have some one whom they might look +up to as their leader. + +"Why, we were thinking," said George, "that it is a shameful thing for +so many of us to submit to be robbed by so small a number of boys, +merely because they are a little bigger than ourselves; and therefore +Henry and I have determined to refuse giving another cake or sweetmeat, +provided you will support us." + +"We will, we will," they cried. "And they shall soon find out they are +not to rob us when they please," cried little Ned. "But how do you +intend to do it," he asked, laying hold of George's hand. + +"Why to-morrow," said he, "Dame Higgins will be here again; and I have +no doubt but that the same demand will be made of us as heretofore; but +Henry and myself, with some others, will immediately follow them, and +when they make their request, we will refuse to comply, and hold them +at bay till the rest arrive, when we will boldly resist, and force our +way into the play-ground." + +To this plan their school-fellows readily assented, and promised not to +say a word about it, for fear they should make the _tyrants_ acquainted +with their intention. They then went to their sports, which were not +unfrequently interrupted in their progress by the consideration of +their forthcoming resistance. + +At length the important day arrived, which, as usual, brought Dame +Higgins to the school. The morning had passed in rather a confused +manner; and a constant buzzing and whispering was heard throughout +the little assembly. "I don't mind a thrashing," said little Ned, in +a whisper to George, "if I can preserve my cakes, and disappoint +those greedy fellows." He had no sooner uttered the words, than the +well-known voice of Dame Higgins was heard, and his determination was +put to the test; for the elder boys hastened, as usual, to her basket, +purchased what they wanted, and took their stations at the next door. +Henry, George, and Ned, accompanied by three of the most resolute +boys, immediately followed, and, as was agreed upon, refused to give a +single sweetmeat; they were therefore stopped in their passage through +the room, when they were happily joined by their comrades. They now +determined to force their way through, and had just made a grand rush, +when, to their surprise and mortification, Dr. Harris appeared before +them. They shrunk back with amazement: Greene and his companions +through shame, and Henry and his friends from fear. + +The Doctor seeing their confusion, called upon Greene, who was the +eldest boy, to explain the cause of it; but Greene was silent. "What +is the reason of this disturbance?" he again asked. "I insist upon +knowing. Some one tell me immediately." + +Henry, who was not at all desirous of informing Dr. Harris of the +affair, would now willingly have made his retreat, had not little Ned, +with some others, stepped forward at the time, which reminded him it +was their cause, and not his own, that he was to plead. The master +now mentioned his name, and demanded of him the cause of the riot. He +therefore plainly stated the case, and told every thing connected +with it; and when he had finished, many a little boy took courage to +tell his piteous tale, of what he had lost by the tyranny of the elder +scholars, and begged their master would prevent it in future. + +"As to the cakes," said little Ned, (taking off the hairy cap he used +to wear, and looking at Dr. Harris as seriously as his little merry +face would allow,) "as to the cakes, I'll be bound to say, there are as +many in their boxes as would fill a cake-shop." + +The boxes were immediately searched, and although not quite so many +were found as little Ned supposed, yet there were sufficient to +convince their master of the truth of the statement he had just heard. +He therefore gave them a severe punishment, in the presence of the +little boys whom they had been so long in the habit of ill-treating; +and distributed all the apples, sweetmeats, and other things which he +found, including about seven hundred marbles, to the joyous crowd, who +were congratulating each other upon their victory. + + + + +CHAP. III. + + +Henry and George now stood very high in the estimation of the great +majority of their school-fellows. They were caressed, honoured, and +looked upon as their first boys; while Greene and his friends were +treated with contempt and derision. They had no longer the power to +command and overawe the rest, with a blow or a black look. Their power +had ceased; but, unfortunately, the chastisement they had received, +instead of convincing them of their error, had only roused their evil +dispositions; and they now anxiously looked for an opportunity to +avenge the punishment they had received, through the interference of +Henry Wardour, against whom, in particular, they had an inveterate +spite. Nor did they long wish in vain; for, in a very short time, +another occurrence took place, of a far more serious nature, and which +had nearly thrown Henry into a severe illness. It was nothing less +than a suspicion of theft. His bed-fellow, whose name was Scott, when +he arose one morning, discovered that his box had been broken open, +and his purse, which had contained a new sovereign and two or three +shillings, had been emptied of its contents, and then replaced under +his Sunday clothes. Scott missed the money while looking for some +trifling article in his box; and having mentioned the thing, the boys +collected round him to hear his account of the matter. There were also +some boys who came out of another room up stairs, and among them Greene +and Walker, who, having heard what Scott had to say, at once declared, +that it was impossible for any one but the boy who slept in the same +room, to have stolen the money. + +George, who heard this direct charge against his friend Henry, +instantly fired up, and, in his passion, flew upon Greene, who had +made the charge, and struck him; when a scuffle ensued, the noise of +which brought out Dr. Harris, who, upon hearing an account of the loss +from Scott, told him that he was very likely to have mislaid the money +somewhere; and that he had no doubt but that, if he made search for +it, he would soon find it. George, with whom he was extremely angry +for his rashness in striking Greene, was immediately ordered into the +school-room, and punished by having a long lesson given him to learn. +Before he went, he turned round to Dr. Harris, and said that he was +sorry for having struck Greene; but he should have been ashamed of +himself, if he had stood quietly by, and heard his friend accused in +his absence, of so shameful a crime. "I am sure," he added, with his +usual vehemence, his face reddening, and his hand closely clenched, +"that Henry is not guilty; and Greene ought to be ashamed of himself, +for making such a charge against him." + +Greene, who stood behind the other boys wiping his face, which was a +little bruised by the blow he had received, then said, "that he should +not be surprised if Master George himself had had something to do in +it; for he seemed very much offended by what he had said." + +"You are a mean-spirited fellow," said George; "and----" + +"Silence! silence, boys!" cried Dr. Harris. "How dare you make such +accusations against each other! The money may have been mislaid, and +will, no doubt, be found. I desire that a strict search may be made: +until that is done, let me not hear another word about it. I never had +a thief in my school; and if I ever find a boy out in such practices, +he shall meet with the severest punishment I can inflict." + +Every eye was now anxiously looking out for Henry Wardour, who had +obtained leave of Mrs. Harris, to accompany her daughters, to gather +some flowers at the gardeners, and to go on another little errand or +two. For so much was Henry beloved by this good lady, that she had +made him her little messenger; and whenever she wanted to send any +thing into the town, he was sure to be the lad chosen so carry it. Dr. +Harris was made acquainted with his absence this morning, but wished +for his return, that he might question him as to this unpleasant affair. + +The business, however, which Henry had been sent upon, detained him +until after school had commenced; and, having hastened with his +breakfast, and brushed his clothes, he immediately entered the school, +when all eyes were directed towards him. Henry being a very bashful +lad, could not bear this unusual stare; and fearing, at the same time, +that Dr. Harris had been saying something about his long absence, he +blushed deeply, as he hung his hat upon the peg and took his seat. + +Walker, who sat at the further end of the same desk, seeing Henry +somewhat confused, cried out, loud enough for some of the boys to hear +him, "Look at him!" When George, who sat near, turned round, and said, +"Well, what do you see?" "Why, guilt in his face," added Greene. + +This conversation would probably have continued, had not Dr. Harris, +who had hitherto been engaged at his desk, suddenly arose from his +seat, and walked down the school; when, observing Henry in his place, +he, with a smile on his countenance, beckoned him to follow to his +desk, which Henry immediately obeyed, though with a trembling step. + +This was a moment of great interest. Every eye was attracted to the +top of the school; and a tear of joy stood in George's eye, as he saw +Dr. Harris affectionately take his friend by the hand, and whisper +something to him. It was at this moment too, that every boy in the +school took upon himself to translate the looks and actions of Henry +and his master. They observed every change in Henry's countenance, with +an anxiety equal to the love they bore him; for very few, if any of his +school-fellows, for a moment thought him guilty of the charge brought +against him by Greene; although four or five of them, whose jealousy +had been roused by the general respect in which Henry was held, and +who still remembered their own disgrace by his interference, readily +seconded the accusation, in the hope that, by so doing, they would +lessen the esteem which Mrs. Harris and her daughters appeared to have +for him. The _tyrants_, indeed, were noted as the enemies of Henry and +George; and this charge coming from, and being strenuously supported by +this party, led the rest of the boys to examine their probable motive. + +During this long interview with Dr. Harris, Henry was alternately +depressed and surprised. At one moment a tear would be seen to +start in his eye, and at another he seemed about to appeal to his +school-fellows, when he was soothed by the kindness of his master, who +told him to calm his fears, and return to his seat for the morning, +assuring him of his assistance to clear up the matter. + +As Henry walked down the school, with a dejected countenance, his eye +instinctively turned toward his friend George, who had been anxiously +observing him during the whole time his master had been conversing with +him. It seemed to George to say, "I am charged with a serious fault, +and I shall stand in need of all the help you can afford me;" and a +careless observer might, in a moment, have seen, by the friendly and +benignant smile upon George's face, that he would surely have it. + +During the whole of the morning's school-hours, Henry found it +impossible to attend to his lessons. His mind was so absorbed in the +approaching examination, which his master had told him should take +place directly after twelve o'clock, that his sums were all done wrong, +and his copies badly written. Nor was he the only boy in the school who +was in this state of mind. His friend George felt for him, and appeared +as anxious about it, as though he himself had been charged with the +theft. The last words of Mr. Wardour occurred to his thoughts: "Above +all, be friends to one another;" and the impressive manner in which it +was said, was still fresh upon his memory. "Be friends to one another!" +he exclaimed to himself: "ay, I will be _his_ friend, because I am sure +he is mine; and because I am sure, also, that he is innocent of this +suspected robbery." + +Little Ned too was restless all the morning, and longed for the time to +arrive, when Henry would once more be enabled to put the _tyrants_ to +the blush. His little merry heart was, for once, depressed; but he had +strong hopes that it would all end in the discomfiture of Greene and +his friends. + +Doctor Harris had as yet refrained from stating the circumstance to his +family; but as the hour was near at hand when he determined to have +a general search, he thought it best to make them acquainted with it, +though with little hopes of gaining any information from them. When +Mrs. Harris heard the tale, she treated it with indifference, and said +that she had no doubt but that the money would be forthcoming; for it +was her opinion, that some of the boys had taken it merely to tease +Scott, whom she stated to be rather too fond of hoarding. The daughters +thought the same, and were quite unhappy to think that their little +favourite should be suspected. Juliana, indeed, was about to hasten to +the school-room, in the hope of affording him some consolation, but was +requested by her papa to remain where she was. + +At length the school broke up; and, by the command of Dr. Harris, +search was made in every part, not merely amongst the boys, but also +amongst the servants; but, unfortunately, without finding the new +coin. The boys were now all assembled with the family, and Dr. Harris +commenced his examination, by asking Scott when he last saw his money. +"Last Sunday morning, Sir," he replied; "and Henry was with me at the +time." This Henry corroborated, by saying it was true, and that he saw +him put it in his purse again; when Greene stepped forward and said, +that he believed no person but Henry knew of Scott's possessing this +new coin; and that he, therefore, was the only person that could have +taken it. + +At this direct charge Henry stood for some time amazed; and then +bursting into a flood of tears, vehemently protested against the truth +of his assertion, and dared him to the proof; when Walker, who stood +close by Greene and Scott, said, "It is of no use for you to deny it, +Master Wardour, as I know those that can prove they saw you take the +money." Henry was for a moment speechless; when George said it was +false, and demanded, with more than common earnestness, that he would +bring forth his accusers, and let him meet them face to face. + +This request was repeated by the rest of the boys, who feared they +might have said something, in an unguarded moment, which Walker had +construed into an assertion of Henry's guilt. Dr. Harris also requested +Walker to name the person who saw him take the money; when he replied, +that he knew no more than what Greene had told him, who said he saw +Henry steal it. + +Mrs. Harris now stepped forward, and earnestly entreated Greene, in +common justice, if he had any proof that Henry took the money, or +knew any thing of it, that he would instantly make it appear. At this +Greene was a good deal confused; and after first of all acknowledging +that he had said so, he then as plainly said that he knew nothing +about it, but was _sure_ that nobody else could have taken the money. +Mrs. Harris, who was a sincere lover of justice, possessing too a +great deal of discrimination, inveighed in very strong terms against +charging a boy with theft, and casting aspersions upon his character, +without any foundation whatever. "He has now been a considerable time +in the school," she added, turning to her husband, "without ever having +created any suspicion of his honesty, or without doing the slightest +act upon which to ground such a charge. Besides, I have frequently +trusted him with money to fetch various articles for me, and he has +always acted with the strictest honesty; and," raising her voice, "I +will myself be bound for his innocence upon this occasion, for there is +not a more honest lad in the school; and it is my belief, that some of +those who throw out hints of suspicion against Master Wardour, are much +more likely, from their general character, to have robbed Scott than he +is." + +Greene now slunk behind the rest of the boys; and in consequence of +this tone being taken by this excellent lady, Walker apologized for +having accused Henry of so great a crime, and added, that he should +never again believe what Greene said. + +"You may go, Master Henry," said Dr. Harris, in the kindest manner +possible, "and I have no doubt that the thief will be found out; and +then those who have accused you will have cause to be ashamed of +themselves." + +George, little Ned, and a great number of his school-fellows, now +crowded round Henry, congratulating him upon his victory, as they +were all anxious to see him fairly acquitted of the charge. Eliza +and Juliana also joined the little throng, and, by their caresses, +endeavoured to rally him into his usual good spirits, which they +continued to do for some days after. As, however, no discovery was +made about the money, he felt himself very uneasy, and could not but +think that many of the boys looked upon him as a thief; especially +as insinuations were sometimes thrown out by the elder boys, which +made him very miserable; and those who had first accused him, would +frequently ask, in his hearing, "Who stole Scott's money?" + + + + +CHAP. IV. + + +A fortnight had now nearly elapsed, and the affair began, in some +measure, to wear off. Indeed, it was seldom mentioned, except by those +boys who appeared, from the commencement, so desirous of obtaining a +verdict against Henry. His school-fellows, generally, were anxious to +play with him, and endeavoured to rouse his spirits by every means in +their power. They never commenced a new game, but he was solicited +to join them; and they never went for a walk, but he was anxiously +requested to accompany them. All their endeavours however, were +fruitless: they could not make him what he was before this charge was +brought against him. He evidently had something preying upon his mind; +for instead of being one of the most lively boys in the school--one who +had hitherto shown a desire to join in any good-natured frolic--he was +now become quite serious, and even melancholy. In vain did his friend +George use every exertion: he who before could have persuaded him to +any thing, and to whose advice he had always paid a great regard, now +entreated him, in vain, to cheer his drooping spirits. Mrs. Harris, +with her two daughters, also endeavoured to laugh him out of what they +called his sulky mood; but he replied, that he could not help it; that +he should never again be happy till it was discovered who it was +that stole Scott's money; and that its being lost while he was his +bed-fellow, certainly threw a suspicion upon him that he could not get +over, and to labour under which made him truly miserable. + +Dr. Harris felt a great deal of uneasiness about the matter, not merely +because he saw Henry labouring under so serious a charge, but that an +affair of such a nature should remain so long undetected, and that +he should hitherto have been foiled in his attempts to clear up the +mystery. In this state he continued, when, one morning, after he had +returned from his usual early walk, and was crossing the lawn that +led from the school to the parsonage-house, he observed a poor woman, +rather shabbily dressed, looking in at the school-room window. Not +appearing to find the object of her search, she was turning towards +the house, when she encountered the person of the Doctor. + +"Who are you looking for, good woman?" asked he. + +"I--I want," apparently somewhat disturbed by meeting the master, "I +want to see one of the little boys, Sir," she said, curtsying very low. + +"What little boy do you want? and what do you want him for?" + +"I don't know his name, Sir; but he wears a short blue jacket and +nankeen trowsers, and a white hat, Sir. He has black hair, and he is a +very handsome boy, Sir." + +"Is his name Henry," said Dr. Harris. + +"I think that was the name the other lad called him by, Sir; for there +was another fresh-coloured little gentleman came to the cottage with +him." + +"What did they come to your cottage about, my good woman?" + +"Oh, Sir, I and my poor dear sick husband ought to be very thankful for +the help they gave us. And I now want to see them, to thank them for +their goodness, and to tell them that my husband will, by God's mercy, +be able to go to work very soon. That's all I wanted, Sir," she said, +again curtsying, though with some degree of alarm; for she feared that +her peeping about for the boys might have offended Dr. Harris. + +"What did they do for your sick husband then?" asked Dr. Harris. "I do +not think they had the power of rendering you much assistance." + +"Oh yes, Sir, they had," she replied: "Master Henry gave us, +altogether, sixteen shillings. And I am sure, that if he had not +helped us, we should all have been starved. But the Lord is always very +good, and sends something to those who are in want." + +At this recital Dr. Harris felt amazed; and the circumstance of Scott's +money being lost, immediately recurred to his memory. "It must be so," +he said to himself: "these boys, anxious to do a service to this poor +family, have taken Scott's money from his box, where I suppose they +thought it was lying useless, and appropriated it to relieving their +wants.--Step in doors, my good woman," he said, as he hastened across +the lawn: "step in: I wish to ask you a few questions." + +Martha Watson, (for that was the name of this poor woman) now repented +having come to the school at all, as she feared, from the anxiety in +Dr. Harris's face, that the boys might get scolded for coming to the +cottage without leave of their master; and she followed him to the +house with a faltering step. + +The servant having opened the door, Dr. Harris led the way into a +little room, which was his study, and desired Martha Watson to enter, +when he closed the door, and they both sat down. "Where do you live, +pray?" asked the Doctor. + +"In one of those poor cottages, Sir, in the lane that leads on to the +common." + +"You say these boys gave you sixteen shillings: I wish you would tell +me what it was that first induced them to come to your cottage, and +every thing you know about them." + +Martha Watson now felt very uneasy, and anxiously asked whether they +had done any thing wrong, which she the more feared, as she had not +seen them for some time past. Dr. Harris begged of her to answer his +question, and assured her that there was no cause for her alarm. + +She then related to him the following circumstance: "About a month ago, +Sir, as my little son Jack, who is about six years old, was coming from +Farmer Miles's, with a pitcher full of milk, and making all the haste +he could to get home with it for his daddy's supper, these two young +gentlemen were hastening off the common, and in their hurry to turn the +corner of the lane, they did not see little Jack, but ran against him. +So, Sir, they ran so violently, that they knocked him down, spilled the +milk, broke the pitcher into a hundred pieces, and cut poor Jack's arm, +which bled very much indeed." + +"They did not do him a very serious injury, I hope," said the Doctor. + +"No, Sir; only cut his arm a little. Finding, however, that Jack was +afraid to go home alone, they came with him to our cottage, when they +told me the whole affair, and said how sorry they were they had spilt +the milk and broke the pitcher; and did all they could to pacify little +Jack. When they found how poor we were, and saw my dear husband sick in +bed, they asked me many questions: how long he had been ill, what money +we had, and many others; and when I told them that he had kept his bed +for five weeks, and was not then able to get up; and that we had no +money, but the little I and my eldest girl could earn in the fields, +they talked together a little while, and the young gentleman in the +white hat said, that he would see me again in about an hour, and pay +me for the pitcher and the milk, and give me something for my husband." + + [Illustration: Henry & George visiting the poor Cottager. + + _See page 56_] + +"Did they return then in about an hour?" said Dr. Harris. + +"No, Sir; they did not call again till next morning, when they asked me +whether my poor husband was better, and how Jack's arm was. One of them +pulled out of his pocket a guinea, and----" + +"A guinea!" exclaimed Dr. Harris, interrupting the woman: "are you +positive it was a guinea?" + +"I am sure it was a golden coin, Sir; because they asked me to change +it. But that was impossible, for I had no money at all in the house." + +"Well, my good woman, and what did they do then?" asked Dr. Harris, +evidently much agitated. + +"Why, Sir, finding I had no money, they went into the town and got the +golden coin changed, and gave me ten shillings of it. In a few days, +Sir, they came again, and gave me six more shillings." + +"Did they ever call after that time?" + +"Once, Sir, which was about ten days ago; and as I have not seen them +since, I made free to call here this morning; because I am sure they +would be glad to hear that my poor dear husband was getting better, +and would soon be able to work. If the young gentlemen had not been so +kind to us, I don't know what we should have done. I am afraid my poor +husband must have died for want of proper things. But the Lord will +reward them for their kindness; and I am sure they are good boys." + +Dr. Harris congratulated the cottager upon the restoration of her +husband to health, and said that Mrs. Harris should visit her family; +and that he would also tell Henry and George that she had called to +thank them; but that it was not convenient for her to see them just +then. Having again asked her where she resided, he bade her good +morning, and she immediately returned home. + +When Martha Watson had gone, Dr. Harris joined his family at the +breakfast-table, and related the whole of the affair to them, adding +his conviction of Henry's guilt, and that he was sorry to find he had +been so deceived by him. George too, he said, was equally guilty; for +he had been a party in giving away the stolen property. "I shall write +to their parents this evening," he added; "for I am at a loss to know +how to punish such duplicity and wickedness." + +Mrs. Harris and her daughters, although staggered by the statement +which the Doctor had made to them, suggested the propriety of calling +in Henry and George. "For," said Mrs. Andrews, "although it looks very +suspicious, I never can believe them guilty until it is plainly proved." + +"I think this is sufficient proof," he said, rather angrily; for he +felt vexed to think of the trouble this affair would give to their +parents. + +"True; so it is, my dear," answered his wife, "if not contradicted; but +I hope that they will be able to give such an explanation as will be +satisfactory to us all." + +"And that I am sure they will," said Eliza, rising from her chair; "and +pray, papa, let me call them in." + +The servant at this moment entered the room to take away the +breakfast-things, when Dr. Harris desired her to send in Master Wardour +and Master Harrington. + +The boys had but just taken their seats in the school-room, when the +servant summoned them into the parlour. Henry, who still continued in +the same desponding mood, felt gratified by hearing that he was wanted +there; but it was only a momentary pleasure. He at first thought he +might be wanted to accompany Eliza and Juliana to the garden, or be +commissioned by Mrs. Harris to go into the town for her; but when he +found that George was also wanted, and that they were to go together, +he felt convinced of some fresh trouble; for he was not the same +cheerful boy he used to be. Fear seemed to have taken possession of +his whole frame; when George, thinking he observed a tear starting in +his eye, grasped his hand with the warmth of sincere friendship, and +cheered him up by saying, "Now for it, Henry: it is all settled, and we +are wanted to hear the good news;" and they went, hand in hand, into +the parlour. + +After making their obedience, they walked up to the table; and Dr. +Harris, with a look somewhat more stern than usual, said, "Henry, do +you know a woman named Martha Watson, who lives near the common?" + +"Yes, Sir," said George, "I know her: a very poor woman." + +"I asked Henry," said Dr. Harris; "and I expect that he will answer me." + +But poor Henry, from some cause or other, was, at the moment, unable +to reply. George, therefore, seeing his friend at a loss, immediately +gave the answer; and Henry, recovering his self-possession, now gave +a direct answer to every question that the worthy master put to him, +and proceeded to explain how they became possessed of so much money. +"George and I," he said, "were one day walking through the town, when +we met a gentleman on horseback, who had lately seen our parents in +London. He told us that he was going to call upon us at the school; but +as he had met us, that would do as well. He then gave us a new coin, +which is called a sovereign; and after staying with us about a quarter +of an hour, he shook hands with us, and rode off." + +"And the same evening," added George, "we had the misfortune to run +over little Jack Watson, and break his pitcher. We then thought it our +duty to see him safe home, and to pay for the pitcher and milk. When +we got to the cottage, we saw the poor man stretched on a wretched +straw mattress, where he said he had been above a month; and the tear +rolled down his cheek when he looked round the room, and saw five +little children, who were all anxiously waiting for the milk which we +had been so unfortunate as to knock out of little Jack's hand. Indeed, +Sir," George continued, "we never before saw so much wretchedness; and +Henry said, that as we had plenty to eat and drink, and pocket-money +besides, we might as well get the new coin changed, and give them some +of it, saying, he wished we had more. I agreed to give nearly all my +share; and the next morning we went to the cottage, and gave most of +the money to the poor people." + +"But why did you not tell me or Mrs. Harris of this distressed +cottager, and also that you had had so much money given to you, Henry?" + +"Because, Sir, you had given strict orders that no boy should enter a +place of sickness, for fear of bringing away a fever. We should not +have gone there; but we had hurt poor Jack, and he was afraid to go +home, after having lost all the milk. He said his mother would not +believe him, if he told her that some one had broken the pitcher." + +The plain and unassuming manner in which the boys told their tale, +threw an unusual cheerfulness round the whole family. Dr. Harris felt +himself satisfied with the account which they had given; while Mrs. +Harris and her daughters were overjoyed to find that the boys could +give an explanation so very creditable to their feelings. "It is not," +said the lady, when the boys had left the room, "because my belief in +their ability to give an explanation is confirmed, that I feel this +satisfaction; but that they should have shown themselves so susceptible +of the finest feelings of our nature. That they should have pitied and +relieved the wants of their suffering fellow-creatures; and that, too, +without ostentation or parade, convinces me, at once, that neither of +them would be guilty of the charge made against Henry. And I sincerely +wish that some light may be speedily thrown upon this unpleasant and +mysterious affair, or I shall have great cause to fear the consequences +with regard to his health." + +Dr. Harris then left the table for the school-room, heartily concurring +in every word that his amiable lady had uttered. Upon entering, he +found the boys in deep consultation; for, immediately upon the return +of Edward and George, they were questioned by their school-fellows as +to the result of so long an interview. George, who would, from modesty, +have readily refrained from stating a circumstance so creditable +to himself, as well as to his friend, had he not feared a wrong +construction would have been put upon his silence, immediately related +the whole of what had passed in the parlour. The majority of the boys +felt a little disappointed that nothing more conclusive had transpired; +not perceiving, that boys who were capable of giving away their money +in the manner that Henry and George had done, were unlikely to rob +another of the little he possessed. + +Greene and a few others, however, with a malignity that spoke an +interested motive, did not fail to turn this statement into ridicule. +Greene in particular, who had displayed great anxiety and uneasiness +during the absence of Henry and George, at the conclusion of the tale +which the boys had requested George to relate, burst into loud and +excessive laughter, and exclaimed, "This is one of the finest tales I +ever heard. Is it likely, in the first place, that any gentleman would +give them a sovereign? Did any of you ever receive so much at one +time; and that, too, from a poor traveller? And is it likely that, if +they had had it given to them, as they wish us to believe, that they +would have parted with it in the manner they say they have? It is all +a made-up story. I don't know where Scott's money is; but I think, if +it has been given to the poor cottagers, he ought to have the credit of +it." + +Several of the boys then joined him in the loud laugh with which he +concluded this base insinuation. Poor Henry was again driven back into +his low-spiritedness, and gave, first a look of contempt at Greene, +and then cast his eyes upon George, as his only refuge and support +against this fresh and unexpected attack. It is difficult to say how +Greene would have fared, had not Dr. Harris at this moment entered +the school; for George was never more indignant, nor never felt a +greater inclination to tell Greene what he thought of his cowardly +conduct, than he did at this moment. Little Ned, however, did not fail +to whisper in his ear as he passed, that which was at all times an +unwelcome sound: "Who stole the cakes?" said he, loud enough for the +rest of the boys to hear. Greene looked vexed, and went to his seat. + +Some time passed away, and nothing transpired to clear up this +mysterious affair; while the few enemies that Henry had in the school +appeared to increase, from the construction which Greene and some +others had put upon George's explanation concerning the money. Henry, +unable to bear up against the stigma, not only grew melancholy, but +began to lose his appetite, and looked very thin and ill. Mrs. Harris +really felt somewhat alarmed, and said every thing she could to comfort +him; but, alas! it was all in vain. Scott also, to do him justice, did +every thing in his power to relieve him, but without avail; and Henry +began to think he should fall a victim to a false accusation, for he +had no sleep by night, nor ease by day. + +Dr. Harris now proposed to send for his father, which he did; and +he arrived in a few days. Dr. H. made him acquainted with the whole +affair, from first to last; and Henry was sent for into the parlour. +His father was shocked at his appearing in such ill health, and +the agony of his feelings was intense at the cause of his illness. +He entreated him, by the love he bore towards him and his mother, +to confess the truth. "If, my dear boy," he said, "you have, in an +unguarded moment, been led into an error, the only reparation is openly +to confess it. In that case I will pay the boy the money, and you shall +receive my forgiveness." + +Henry assured him that he knew nothing at all of the money--that it +made him very unhappy indeed--that he had had no sleep for the last +three or four nights--and that he had lost his appetite; when, throwing +his arms round his father's neck, he burst into an agony of tears, and +could only exclaim, "I am innocent! I am innocent!" + +Mrs. Harris having pacified Henry, said that it would perhaps be best +for Mr. Wardour to take him home for a short time; but to this Henry +himself objected, as he knew very well that there were boys who would +turn that to his disadvantage. His father, therefore, procured him +some medicine, to calm his spirits and allay the slight fever which he +appeared to have; and then went to transact some business at a short +distance from the village, promising to see him again in a few days, +and determining, in his own mind, to take Henry home with him, should +nothing transpire in the mean time to free him from this accusation. + + + + +CHAP. V. + + +The time had now arrived when Henry was to be freed from his troubles, +and to obtain a satisfactory victory over malignity and base design. +On the evening after his father had taken leave of him, and when he, +in company with his friend George, was sitting at his bed-room window, +admiring the beauties of the setting sun, and enjoying the calmness of +the surrounding scenery, an unusual noise was heard upon the stairs. +Henry instantly rose from his seat and opened the door, when in rushed +little Ned, breathless, and almost speechless. He had his hairy cap in +his hand, and had contrived to run one of his legs through his long +pin-afore, as he made his way up the stairs. His face was far more red +than usual, and full of anxiety. + + [Illustration:--its all found out!--the thief is found out. + + _page 75._] + +"What is the matter, Ned?" said Henry as he entered: "you seem in a +hurry." + +"In a hurry!" Ned replied, gasping for breath: "in a hurry! Why, it's +all found out!" said he, waving his cap over his head. + +"What is found out?" asked George, laughing heartily at Ned's grotesque +appearance. "Look at your leg through your pin-afore." + +"Never mind," said he: "Kitty will mend that. But it is all found out! +the _thief_ is found out." As he uttered these words, he seized Henry +by the hand, who, with George and himself, hastened down stairs, Ned +repeating all the way, "It's all found out! _I_ have found him out!" +He dragged them both into the school-room, where most of the boys were +assembled. Dr. Harris, who was disturbed by the noise, also followed; +and, upon his entering, Ned called out, with a loud voice, "I charge +you, Charles Greene, with stealing Scott's money, and will prove it!" + +Greene started, as though he had seen something unnatural. "I,--I," was +all he could articulate, and he turned as white as possible. + +"Yes," says Ned, "I have just been into Dame Birch's, the pie-woman, +who said that you had then been to pay the money you owed her, and that +she was very glad she had got clear of you." + +He then related to Dr. Harris, the conversation he had had with the +pie-woman about ten minutes before. "As I was walking to the shop, +Sir," he said, "I saw Greene take his leave, when he was busily +thrusting something into his pockets, I went into the shop, and Mrs. +Birch told me that Greene had just paid her the remainder of his debt. +I asked what debt it was; and she told me that it had been owing a long +time: that, about a month ago, he went there and changed a sovereign, +and paid her eight shillings out of fourteen he owed her; and that he +wished the whole of the sovereign had belonged to himself, but it did +not; for one of the other boys was to have half, as he had been with +him when he had found it." + +Greene, who had by this time in some measure recovered from his first +shock, here interrupted Ned by saying, "I never told her so: I said +my father gave it to me, which he did. He told me that my uncle from +London had called and left it for me." + +Ned declared he had told Dr. Harris the truth, and every word that Dame +Birch had said, except that she added, "I believe I should never have +got the money, if I had not threatened to go to his master." + +Dame Birch was now sent for, and confirmed what little Ned had stated; +and in answer to a question from Dr. Harris, why she allowed the boys +to get so much in debt? said, that she could not help it with Greene, +for he would have what he chose; but that it was not all for cakes: +part of it was payment for two squares of glass, which he broke when +fighting, one day, with another boy. + +During the interview, Henry and George, and one or two of their +school-fellows, hastened to Mr. Greene's house, (for he fortunately +lived at a short distance from the village,) to have his son's account +either confirmed or denied. On their reaching the door, they knocked +with great authority; and upon the servant's opening it, they demanded +to see his master immediately, as they had some very important business +with him. The servant informed Mr. Greene of their visit, and he came +out of the parlour and demanded what business they could have with him; +when George said, "Sir, we have taken the liberty to call upon you, to +know whether you gave your son Charles a sovereign about a month ago. + +"Gave him what?" said the old gentleman: "gave him a sovereign! Not I, +indeed: I hope I know better what to do with my money. His mother might +have given him six-pence or so; but we should never think of giving him +any thing like a sovereign." + +He then returned into the parlour, and they heard him ask Mrs. Greene, +if she knew of Charles's having a sovereign about a month ago, when she +answered, "No, my dear." + +This was quite satisfactory to Henry and his friends; and without +waiting any further ceremony, they started off for the school. + +In the mean time Greene, having ascertained that they were gone to his +father's to make enquiry, had confessed that it was he who had stolen +the money out of Scott's box; and when they returned, he was surrounded +by all the boys, who were upbraiding and taunting him with his villany. +His own friends too were against him; and, from shame and agitation of +mind, he looked most wretchedly. + +It is impossible to describe the scene which now took place in the +school-room. Henry, whose mind was relieved from the depression +occasioned by this disgraceful charge, was caressed and congratulated +by every boy in the school. Mrs. Harris kissed him affectionately, +and said she felt confident of his innocence from the first, and had +never despaired of its being made evident. Juliana and Eliza were also +amongst the first to bestow their approbation upon his conduct. George +and little Ned were delighted beyond measure to see their friend once +more made happy, and hoped soon to have him as the chief in their +youthful sports. + +But it was far different with Greene, who now felt all the wretchedness +of one convicted of theft, and detected in basely attaching the +disgraceful charge to an innocent and praiseworthy lad. He had taken +his seat at the extremity of the school-room, and was hiding his face +in his hands; and though a boy of wonderful spirits and strong nerve, +was now bathed in tears, and sobbing aloud. Dr. Harris, who had been +giving him a very severe lecture, still stood over him, impressing upon +him the necessity of retiring into his room, to seek from God that +forgiveness in prayer and repentance, which, he too much feared, would +not be easily obtained from his offended and disgusted school-fellows. +He now, therefore, arose, and made his way towards the door, in doing +which he had again to encounter the execrations and pointed fingers of +the boys, who cried, as he passed them, "Go, thou thief!" and followed +him until they saw him enter the house. + +Henry, however, was the only lad who did not upbraid him; for, though +Greene had behaved in so disgraceful a manner towards him, he could not +but feel distressed to see him appear almost brokenhearted. He still +remembered, in the midst of his joy, that but a few hours had elapsed +since he felt all the wretchedness of one _supposed_ to be guilty of +theft. "What then," he said to himself, "must be the feelings of +him who stands _convicted_ of the crime, and therefore has not the +consciousness of innocence to support him? I cannot find in my heart to +upbraid him," he said, as he took George and Ned by the hand and led +them across the lawn. + +They continued their walk until bed-time, when they returned, and Henry +again experienced the sweets of a good night's rest, the sure reward of +integrity. + + [Illustration: "What shall I do?" "I will leave the School" + + _page 85_] + +Greene, on the contrary, was now distressed beyond measure: his night +was restless and unrefreshing; and as the time was fast approaching +when he must again face his master and his school-fellows, remorse and +dread had taken possession of his mind, and he felt as if he had not +strength to dress himself. "What shall I do?" he exclaimed, as he +again threw himself across the bed: "I cannot enter the school-room, +nor face my school-fellows; for I know they must despise me. I, who +have hitherto taken the lead in the school, and have done as I chose +with the boys, am now to be pointed at and spurned by the least in +the place. I will leave the school directly," he added, rising from +the bed, and making another attempt to dress: "I will leave the +school directly, and hasten to my uncle's in London." With this rash +determination he concluded, when, taking up his jacket, he discovered, +upon the back of it, that which had before escaped his notice, the +words "THIEF" and "LIAR," in large characters. This fresh assault +cut him to the heart. He dropped the coat, and fell upon his knees +at the foot of the bed, praying aloud to his Maker for forgiveness, +and promising never to offend in the like manner again. He concluded +by exclaiming, in great agitation: "Where shall I find a friend to +plead for me? and to whom, among my school-fellows, can I now look for +support?" + +"To me! to me!" cried Henry, who was passing his chamber at the time, +and whose kind heart overflowed with pity at the distressed bewailings +of this repentant boy. "I will be your friend, and seek forgiveness +from your school-fellows. Though you have grossly injured me, I cannot, +must not bear malice. Dr. Harris tells us we should forget and forgive." + +"And do _you_ forgive me, Henry?" he exclaimed: "can you forgive one +who has acted so basely towards you?" + +"I can and do," he answered, "and will beg of Dr. Harris to forgive you +also." He then seized him by the hand, and, half undressed as he was, +with his coat under his arm, and his eyes swollen with crying, he drew +him to the school-room, where Dr. Harris had just taken his seat. As +he made his way towards the desk, the boys were greatly surprised, and +wondered when they heard Henry ask Dr. Harris to forgive him. "I found +him, Sir," continued Henry, "upon his knees, asking forgiveness of the +Almighty, and making promises of future amendment. I therefore, as far +as I am concerned, heartily forgive him, and I hope, Sir, you will do +the same." + +Dr. Harris then addressed Greene in his most impressive manner, +telling him that he was glad to find he was made sensible of his +error; and was also happy to see him so full of contrition: adding, +"that, as it is the sincere wish of Henry, to whom you ought to be +for ever grateful, I am willing to think no more of this matter. But +it is not to me, so much as to your school-fellows, you need look for +forgiveness; and to them you ought to apply, as being the parties +offended." + +Henry then took him down the school, and by his earnest entreaties and +pathetic address, obtained his pardon. + +Greene now retired, and in a short time returned to his lessons, +somewhat happier than when he arose, but still depressed by shame. + +The next day Mr. Wardour returned, and had the felicity to find his son +restored to health and happiness. When he heard of his acquittal, and +of his noble conduct in obtaining pardon for Greene, he pressed him +to his bosom, and almost shed tears of joy. He then exhorted him to be +always grateful for this providential discovery of his innocence, and +to let all the future actions of his life be governed by the same noble +principles as he had followed upon this trying occasion. After making +a present to George and little Ned, for their friendly conduct towards +his son, he obtained a holiday for the whole school, and took his leave. + +Mr. Greene, upon hearing of his son's conduct, would have severely +punished him, had not Dr. Harris assured him of his contrition, and +begged of him to inflict no further chastisement than he had already +received from his little school-follows. He therefore contented himself +with making Scott a handsome present. + +Mrs. Harris and her daughters had been lately busy in relieving the +family of poor Martha Watson, whom the late circumstances had brought +under their notice. The husband, by this good lady's well-timed +attendance, had now recovered his health, and had gone to work, while +the children were clothed and made decent in their appearance; and +their mother never failed to bless the names of Henry and George, and +to thank that Providence which had directed them to her cottage. + +Greene still continued in a gloomy state, when he was happily relieved +from it by his uncle prevailing upon his father to let him go a voyage +to the East Indies with him; and, in less than a month, he departed +from that place, which had now become irksome to him; but not without +first being well convinced, that "_honesty is the best policy_." + +Henry and George still continued to be beloved by their school-fellows; +and each remained happy in the possession of a good conscience. + + +THE END. + + +Harvey, Darton, and Co. Printers, Gracechurch-Street. + + + + + CHILDREN'S BOOKS, + + PUBLISHED BY + + _HARVEY AND DARTON_, + + GRACECHURCH-STREET, + + _LONDON_. + + + DOMESTIC PLEASURES; or, the Happy Fire-side. Illustrated by + interesting conversations. By _F.B. Vaux._ Price 4s. 6d. boards. + + IMITATION. By _Maria Benson_. Author of "Thoughts on Education, + System and no System." Price 2s. 6d. half bound. + + The CONVERSATIONS of EMILY. Abridged from the French. 18mo. Price + 3s. 6d. half bound. + + DIALOGUES on curious Subjects in Natural History, 18mo. Price 2s. + half bound. + + The HISTORY of a TAME ROBIN. Supposed to be written by himself. + Price 2s. 6d. half bound. + + The HISTORY of MUNGO, the little Traveller. By _Mary Mister_. Price + 1s. 6d. + + The ADVENTURES of a DOLL. By the Author of "Mungo, &c." Price 2s. + 6d. half bound. + + TALES from the MOUNTAINS. By the Author of "Mungo, &c." Price 2s. + 6d. + + GUSTAVUS; or, the Macaw. A Story to teach Children the proper value + of Things. Price 2s. 6d. half bound. + + The ORACLE; or, the Friend of Youth. By the Author of "A Cup of + Sweets." Price 2s. half bound. + + MAY-DAY; or, Anecdotes of Lydia Lively. Price 2s. + + BUDS of GENIUS; or, some Account of the early Lives of celebrated + Characters who were remarkable in their Childhood. Price 2s. half + bound. + + The Principal Events in the LIFE of MOSES, and in the Journey of + the Israelites from Egypt to Canaan. By _Henry Lacey_. Illustrated + by fifteen Engravings. Price 3s. neatly half bound, roan backs. + + SCRIPTURAL STORIES, for very Young Children. By the Author of "The + Decoy." Price 1s. + + The HISTORY of LITTLE DAVY's NEW HAT. By _Robert Bloomfield_. + Author of the "Farmer's Boy," "Rural Tales, &c." With Plates. Price + 2s. half bound. + + The LITTLE VISITORS. In Words composed of One and Two Syllables. + Price 1s. 6d. half bound. + + STORIES of ANIMALS, intended for Children between five and seven + years old. By _Maria Hack_. 16mo. With Copper-plates. Price 2s. 6d. + half bound. + + WINTER EVENINGS; or Tales of Travellers. By _Maria Hack_, 4 vols. + 18mo. Price 10s. half bound. + + HARRY BEAUFOY; or, the Pupil of Nature. By _Maria Hack_. 18mo. 2s. + 6d. half bound. + + The WINTER VACATION; or, Holidays in the Country. Price 1s. 6d. + half bound. + + The SUMMER VACATION. Price 1s. 6d. half bound. + + The INFANT MINSTREL; or, Poetry for Young Minds. Price 1s. 6d. half + bound. + + The DEW-DROP; or, Summer Morning's Walk. By _F.B. Vaux_. With + Plates. Price 1s. + + LITTLE ANECDOTES for Little People. By _Mary Mister_. Price 1s. + + EASY LESSONS for INFANTS; and short Stories, written from Facts. + With coloured cuts. Price 1s. 6d. + + VERSES for Little Children. Written by a young Lady, for the + Amusement of her junior Brothers and sisters. With Copper-plates. + Price 6d. + + STORIES for Children. By _S. Hayes_. With Copper-plates. Price 6d. + + A NEW-YEAR'S GIFT for a young Cottager. With a Frontispiece. Price + 6d. + + The STORY of ELLEN and MARY; or, the Advantage of Humility. With + Copper-plates. Price 1s. + + + + +Transcriber's Note: + +Some punctuation has been silently altered. + +The following words have been changed. + + dètermined is now determined + Goerge is now George + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Friends, by Unknown + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44178 *** diff --git a/44178-h/44178-h.htm b/44178-h/44178-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6973f72 --- /dev/null +++ b/44178-h/44178-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,1618 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" /> + <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Friends; or, The Triumph of Innocence Over False Charges by Anonymous. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + +body { + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + h1,h2 { + text-align: center; + clear: both;} + +p {margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + text-indent: 1.5em; + margin-bottom: .75em;} + +hr.chap {width: 65%} + +hr.r5 {width: 5%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +hr.r15 {width: 15%; margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: 0em;} + +table { + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto;} + +table {border-collapse: collapse;} + +table.toc { + margin: auto; + width:auto; + max-width: 40em;} + +table.loi { + margin: auto; + width:auto; + max-width: 40em;} + +td.cht { + text-align: left; + vertical-align: top; + padding-left: 1em; + text-indent: -1em;} + +td.spa { + padding-right: 12em;} + +td.pag { + text-align: right; + vertical-align: bottom; + padding-left: 2em;} + +.caption {font-weight: bold; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; + margin: 0.25em 0;} + +.center {text-align: center; + text-indent: 0em;} + +.figcenter { + margin: auto; + text-align: center;} + +.indent {text-indent: 2em;} + +.no-indent {text-indent: 0em;} + +.pagenum { + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right;} + +.plabel{text-align: center; + font-size: large; + font-weight: bold; + text-indent: 0em; + line-height: 1.4;} + +.poetry-container { + text-align: center;} + +.poetry { + text-align: left; + display:inline-block;} + +.poetry .verse { + text-indent: -3em; + padding-left: 3em;} + +.poetry .stanza { + margin: 1em auto;} + +.poetry .indent2 { + text-indent: -2em;} + +.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + +.space-above{ + margin-top: 3em;} + +.space-below{ + margin-bottom: 3em;} + +.u {text-decoration: underline;} + +.transnote {background-color: #CDCDCD; + color: black; + border: solid 2px; + font-size:smaller; + padding:0.5em; + margin-bottom:5em; + font-family:sans-serif, serif;} + + </style> + </head> +<body> +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44178 ***</div> + +<div class="figcenter" id="cover"> +<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="440" height="600" alt="" /></div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + +<h2>TABLE OF CONTENTS</h2> + +<table class="toc" summary="Contents"> +<tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">Chapter I</a></td> + <td class="spa"> </td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_4">4</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#CHAP_II">Chap. II</a></td> + <td class="spa"> </td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#CHAP_III">Chap. III</a></td> + <td class="spa"> </td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_30">30</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#CHAP_IV">Chap. IV</a></td> + <td class="spa"> </td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_48">48</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#CHAP_V">Chap. V</a></td> + <td class="spa"> </td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_74">74</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + + +<h2>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2> + +<table class="loi" summary="loi"> +<tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#illo1">--'may Heaven bless & direct you'!</a></td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#illo1">3</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#illo58">Henry & George visiting the poor Cottager</a></td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#illo58">56</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#illo79">--its all found out!--the thief is found out.</a></td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#illo79">75</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#illo91">'What shall I do? I will leave the School'</a></td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#illo91">91</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +<hr class="chap" /> + +<div class="figcenter" id="illo1"> +<img src="images/i_001.jpg" width="330" height="400" alt="" /> +<div class="caption"> + +<i>page 11.</i><br /> + +—"may Heaven bless & direct you"!<br /><br /> + +<i>London, Published by Harvey & Darton, 56 Gracechurch Street,<br /> +10<sup>th</sup> Dec. 1822.</i></div></div> + +<hr class="r15" /> + + + + +<h1>THE FRIENDS;</h1> + +<p class="center no-indent"><small>OR,</small><br /> +<br /> +<big><b>THE TRIUMPH OF INNOCENCE</b></big><br /> +<br /> +<small>OVER</small><br /> +<br /> +<i><b>FALSE CHARGES</b></i>.<br /> +<br /></p> +<hr class="r15" /> +<p class="center plabel"><big>A Tale</big>,</p> +<p class="center no-indent">FOUNDED ON FACTS.</p> +<hr class="r15" /> + +<p class="center space-above space-below">"TIME AT LAST SETS ALL THINGS EVEN."<br /></p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/i_004.jpg" width="111" height="12" alt="" /></div> + +<p class="center">LONDON:<br /><br /> +PRINTED FOR HARVEY AND DARTON,<br /> +<small>GRACECHURCH-STREET.</small><br /></p> +<hr class="r5" /> +<p class="center space-below">1822.<br /></p> + + + + +<h2>THE FRIENDS, &c.</h2> + + +<div class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/i_004.jpg" width="111" height="12" alt="" /></div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I.</a></h2> + +<hr class="r5" /> + + +<p>In one of the pleasant villages in the beautiful county of Kent, was +situated a boarding-school of considerable celebrity. It had, for many +years, been distinguished for possessing an excellent master, in the +person of the Rev. Dr. Harris, who, by his amiable manners and sound +knowledge, had obtained the friendship of the surrounding gentry; while +his fatherly interest in behalf of the affairs of the poor, caused him +to be universally beloved. He was curate of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span>the parish, as well as +school-master; and his parishioners and scholars were alike the objects +of his tender regard and anxious solicitude.</p> + +<p>His family consisted of a wife and two daughters, who were equally +respected by all who had the pleasure of their acquaintance. Mrs. +Harris was, indeed, every way worthy of her amiable partner; and her +greatest pleasure consisted in doing good. Although frequently herself +in a very weak state of health; yet, neither the inclemency of the +weather, nor the distance, deterred her from going, in person, to +visit, to comfort, and to assist those of her fellow-creatures who +were in distress. It was quite enough for her to know that any of her +poorer neighbours were in want, to command her immediate aid; and, by +thus setting them a good Christian example, she was better enabled +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span>to assist her amiable husband in enforcing the mild and wholesome +doctrines of religion.</p> + +<p>Her lovely daughters, too, Juliana and Eliza, were of sufficient ages +to be her companions in these charitable visits; and their hearts +panted for the power to do good, and longed to receive and to deserve +such blessings as were bestowed, with grateful lips, upon their beloved +mother, whenever she passed the cottages of the poor. They pitied +their wants and sufferings, and participated and rejoiced in their +happiness; and frequently expressed a desire for riches, to enable them +to relieve their misfortunes. Upon such occasions, Mrs. Harris never +failed to impress upon their young minds this valuable truth: that +wealth does not always afford the best means of doing good. She used to +say, that those children who sincerely wish to do an <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span>act of charity, +seldom want the means of doing something to relieve the necessities +and soothe the afflictions of those who are pining in wretchedness; +for even a kind consoling word, with a very little personal attention, +was often esteemed more valuable, and even proved to be more useful, +than money, to those whose spirits as well as bodies were pressed down +by distress. Added to this advice, this excellent lady seldom let an +opportunity pass of enforcing the most strict and pious attention to +their religious duties. Her motto was:</p> + +<div class="poetry-container"> + <div class="poetry"> + <div class="stanza"> + <div class="verse">"Teach me to feel another's woe,</div> + <div class="verse indent2">To hide the fault I see:</div> + <div class="verse">That mercy I to others show,</div> + <div class="verse indent2">That mercy show to me."</div> +</div></div></div> + +<p>The school was at the extremity of the village, and attached to the +parsonage-house. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span>The situation was retired and beautiful. At a little +distance stood the village church, in all its ancient simplicity, +except that it had, for some years, been nearly covered with ivy; the +most pleasing decoration that it is possible for Nature to bestow upon +a country place of worship. Its green and glossy leaf, whether viewed +by the soft glow of moon-light, or by the broad glare of sun-shine, is +always an object of admiration.</p> + +<p>The number of scholars was about forty; and in this, as in other +schools, boys of various dispositions were to be found. Some possessed +all the good temper and vivacity that could be wished; and their +faults were seldom of so serious a nature as to demand more than a +slight reproof: while others were morose, passionate, envious, and +disobliging; imposing upon their <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span>younger school-fellows at every +opportunity, and perplexing those of their own age by frequent +interruptions in their sports and lessons.</p> + +<p>Amongst the number of those who were generally beloved by their +school-fellows, were Henry Wardour and George Harrington, the sons +of two respectable tradesmen, who were partners in a very lucrative +business in London. George had been so unfortunate as to lose his mamma +when he was scarcely five years of age; and as he was the only child, +Mrs. Wardour, who had always entertained great esteem for his parents, +requested of his papa to allow her the pleasure of instructing him with +her son Henry. To an offer so kind and advantageous, Mr. Harrington +could have no objection; but fearing that the task would become +irksome, and be too great an exertion for his <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span>friend, he endeavoured +to persuade her from her purpose; when she replied: "The trouble, Sir, +I beg you will not think about: it will be nothing. While teaching my +own son, I shall feel a pleasure in imparting the same instruction +to yours. Besides, I promised my dear friend Mrs. H. when on her +death-bed, that I would be a parent to her son; therefore, Sir, I beg +you will grant my request." Mr. Harrington consented, and deferred his +plan of sending George to a preparatory school; and he was admitted at +once into the house of Mrs. Wardour.</p> + +<p>Henry, who was about eight months older than his friend, looked upon +this arrangement with unusual joy. As he had no brother, George had +hitherto been his frequent play-fellow; and the knowledge that he was +now <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span>about to live in the same house, to eat, drink, sleep, and play +with him, gave him a pleasure which he had never before felt.</p> + +<p>Thus, from so early an association, their friendship became deeply +rooted; and as Mrs. Wardour was a lady well qualified for the task she +had imposed upon herself, the lads made considerable progress in their +education, and continued to do so until they were eleven or twelve +years of age, when their kind preceptress was attacked with a severe +sickness. In this state she had continued upwards of a month, when her +husband, seeing no immediate prospect of her recovery, and fearing the +lads might lose all the learning they had received while under her +care, prevailed upon her to let them be sent to school. To this she at +length consented; and the school of Dr. Harris having been <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span>strongly +recommended, they were put under the superintendence of that gentleman.</p> + +<p>Before leaving home, however, their parents gave them their parting +blessing; and Mr. Wardour, pressing them affectionately by the hand, +told them they were now about to begin a little world for themselves: +"therefore," said he, in an earnest and impressive manner, "may Heaven +bless and direct all your actions, so that you may grow up to be +honest, brave, and good men. And remember well what I now say: if ever +I hear that you are quarrelsome, you will displease me much; but if I +find that you are unjust in your dealings towards your school-fellows, +I shall punish you severely. Above all, be friends to one another." +With this advice, and a determination to attend to it, our little +friends bid their parents farewell.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span></p> + +<p>The dispositions of Henry and George were somewhat different, and yet +they continued to be sincere friends. Henry was mild, good-natured, +and patient. George was good-natured, but hasty and passionate; and +though Mrs. Wardour took great pains to impress upon his youthful +mind the danger he was continually in, from not being able to control +his temper, she never succeeded in teaching him that mildness so +much admired in her own son. But in every other respect he was truly +amiable; and if, in his passion, he was ever led into any serious +error, he never failed to beg pardon of those whom he had offended, and +always made every amends in his power.</p> + +<p>By this failing in George's temper, Henry was too frequently a +sufferer; for he was always obliged to give up whatever play-things +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>the other wished for, which he generally did with readiness and good +temper, although he was oldest of the two. But this was only the case +when they were very young; for, from the time that they had left home, +and had been put under the care of Dr. Harris, they were, if possible, +greater friends than ever; and George had so far succeeded in mastering +his temper, as seldom to be in a passion, and never with his friend +Henry. He still, however, possessed that nobleness and high spirit, +which mostly checked him in doing a wrong action, and always prompted +him to interfere in behalf of any of his school-fellows whom he thought +were unjustly treated; in which he was ably seconded by his friend +Henry.</p> + +<p>In personal appearance there was little similarity. Henry was weak, +pale, and delicate: <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span>George, strong, fresh-coloured, and vigorous. Many +a time had Mrs. Wardour watched over her weakly but truly beautiful +boy, with an anxious eye, fearing that she should never be able to rear +him to manhood. But since he had been with Dr. Harris, his health had +much improved. His face, which had before been pale, was now tanned +with the heat of the sun; and the fresh country air had given an +additional brightness to his fine dark eyes: while the healthy round +face, and plump appearance of George, seemed to improve in a like +degree.</p> + +<p>In short, these boys, by their politeness and good-nature, rather than +by their appearance, were beloved by all their school-fellows, except +a few of the malicious, envious dispositions, who only disliked them +because they sometimes <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>resisted their impositions, and detected their +falsehoods.</p> + +<p>With their master's family they were also more intimate; and though Dr. +Harris never made any distinction, or showed any partiality to one boy +more than to another, yet it was not so with his two daughters, Juliana +and Eliza. They had their favourites; and though Henry and George were +nearly the last comers, and had not been more than three months in the +school, they had so won upon the young ladies, (who were nearly of the +same age as themselves,) by their cheerfulness, and polite attention in +gathering pretty flowers, cleaning their bird-cages, &c. as to be their +decided favourites.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Harris had also entertained a regard for Henry, from the moment +she first saw him, as he strongly resembled a late son of hers, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>who +was unfortunately drowned when about his age.</p> + +<p>And it was well for Henry that he possessed so many friends; for in +the difficulties he afterwards had to contend with, he stood in great +need of them; and as my little readers are now pretty well acquainted +with their characters, they shall hear in what those difficulties +consisted. But before entering upon the principal circumstances in this +little history, it will be necessary to acquaint my young friends with +a trifling affair that took place about a month or six weeks after the +arrival of Henry and George. By their interference upon this occasion, +they put an end to an evil, a species of <i>fagging</i>, which had been +practised unknown to the master; while they at the same time roused +the bad dispositions of some of the elder boys, as will be seen in the +sequel.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span></p> + +<h2><a name="CHAP_II" id="CHAP_II">CHAP. II.</a></h2> + +<hr class="r5" /> + + +<p>It had been a custom in Dr. Harris's school to admit an aged woman, +once a week, to call with cakes, lozenges, and other sweetmeats; and as +she was very poor, each lad was allowed, and indeed expected, to lay +out a penny with her. This they did very willingly, not merely because +she generally had a good assortment of those things which little boys +are fond of, but because she was cheerful, civil, and obliging; and +frequently took in good part, the tricks they so often played upon +her. She used also to bring her grand-daughter Emma <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span>with her, for +the purpose of taking the money, and carrying her basket, which was a +pleasing duty to this little girl, for she dearly loved her grandmother.</p> + +<p>This well-intended plan of compelling the boys to spend their money in +the school-room, though of benefit to Dame Higgins, (for that was her +name,) at length caused a violent irruption, by giving the elder boys +an opportunity of imposing upon the younger ones; when, if they had +been allowed to have spent their half-pence in the village, they might +have evaded the impost which was laid upon them. The old woman used to +arrive regularly every Wednesday and Saturday afternoons, which were +half-holidays; and Dr. Harris, fearing that if all were admitted at one +time, she might be confused, had ordered that they should pro<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>ceed by +rotation, but only six at a time; consequently, the biggest boys always +entered first, and then waited at the other door till the rest came +out with their cakes, fruit, or sweetmeats. Now, so much power had the +elder boys, (particularly Brown, Greene, and Walker,) over the rest, +that they regularly exacted from them either a plum, a cake, a pear, or +something of what they had purchased.</p> + +<p>Soon after Henry and George had arrived at the school, and they were +passing through the door which led into the play-ground, with their +cakes, they were stopped, amongst the rest, and asked by Walker for a +bit of something; and as they saw most of the boys gave one thing or +other, and being themselves good-natured, they readily bestowed their +portion; and this was repeated for three or four weeks.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p> + +<p>About this time little Ned Hooper, a lad much liked by most of the +boys for his mirth and good humour, came up to George, with a tear in +his eye, and said, "Look here! see what these fellows have left me, +out of what I bought: they have taken above half," added he, showing +a few lozenges, "and all because I said they ought to be ashamed of +themselves for so doing."</p> + +<p>"Ashamed, indeed!" cried George, with indignation; "and are those all +they have left you?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; and they had as many from me last week, but I did not say any +thing about it," said Ned.</p> + +<p>"Why did you give them any this week, if they had so many from you the +week before?" asked Henry.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Because I am not strong enough to prevent them, or they should not +have one from me. But it is so with all us little boys. They take some +of our gingerbread or fruit from us every week." And he then walked +away crying.</p> + +<p>Some of the other boys who stood round, confirmed what little Ned had +said, and told George and Henry that they would be obliged to submit +to the same, as long as those <i>tyrants</i> were in the school; for they +had taken from them ever since they had been there. They then went +and fetched little Ned, who had just finished the lozenges they had +left him, and then cheerfully joined in the play as though nothing had +happened.</p> + +<p>Not so our two young friends, who were much hurt to see their little +school-fellows imposed upon; and endeavoured to find out some <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span>plan by +which they might put an end to so shameful a practice. They at first +thought of offering them a certain quantity from amongst all the boys; +but afterwards determined upon stopping it altogether, by a combination +amongst their school-fellows. "For why," said George, in an animated +tone, "should one boy be allowed to act unjustly towards another, +merely because he is older or stronger? It is 'might overcoming right;' +and therefore I think we should be justified in resisting these +<i>tyrants</i>, as they are properly called, by every means in our power."</p> + +<p>They then joined the rest at play, having resolved to make them +acquainted with their determination before the next arrival of Dame +Higgins.</p> + +<p>This opportunity soon offered; for about four o'clock the same +afternoon, Greene, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span>Walker, Brown, and those with whom they generally +associated, left the school to take a walk through the town. Henry +observed all the boys whom he had seen at the door, when they passed +with their cakes, leave the play-ground; and mentioned to his friend +George, that it would be a good time to ask their school-fellows +whether they would join in their resistance. Henry, therefore, +collected them together; and George informed them that he had a plan +to submit, how they might preserve their cakes from the <i>tyrants</i>; +which occasioned an expression of great joy among the little boys, who +thought they saw in their two new school-fellows, worthy and trusty +champions.</p> + +<p>"What is it?" "How shall we do it?" was asked by many an anxious and +eager boy, who <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span>had long wished to have some one whom they might look +up to as their leader.</p> + +<p>"Why, we were thinking," said George, "that it is a shameful thing for +so many of us to submit to be robbed by so small a number of boys, +merely because they are a little bigger than ourselves; and therefore +Henry and I have determined to refuse giving another cake or sweetmeat, +provided you will support us."</p> + +<p>"We will, we will," they cried. "And they shall soon find out they are +not to rob us when they please," cried little Ned. "But how do you +intend to do it," he asked, laying hold of George's hand.</p> + +<p>"Why to-morrow," said he, "Dame Higgins will be here again; and I have +no doubt but that the same demand will be made of us as heretofore; but +Henry and myself, with some <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>others, will immediately follow them, and +when they make their request, we will refuse to comply, and hold them +at bay till the rest arrive, when we will boldly resist, and force our +way into the play-ground."</p> + +<p>To this plan their school-fellows readily assented, and promised not to +say a word about it, for fear they should make the <i>tyrants</i> acquainted +with their intention. They then went to their sports, which were not +unfrequently interrupted in their progress by the consideration of +their forthcoming resistance.</p> + +<p>At length the important day arrived, which, as usual, brought Dame +Higgins to the school. The morning had passed in rather a confused +manner; and a constant buzzing and whispering was heard throughout +the little assembly. "I don't mind a thrashing," said little Ned, in +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>a whisper to George, "if I can preserve my cakes, and disappoint +those greedy fellows." He had no sooner uttered the words, than the +well-known voice of Dame Higgins was heard, and his determination was +put to the test; for the elder boys hastened, as usual, to her basket, +purchased what they wanted, and took their stations at the next door. +Henry, George, and Ned, accompanied by three of the most resolute +boys, immediately followed, and, as was agreed upon, refused to give a +single sweetmeat; they were therefore stopped in their passage through +the room, when they were happily joined by their comrades. They now +determined to force their way through, and had just made a grand rush, +when, to their surprise and mortification, Dr. Harris appeared before +them. They shrunk back with amazement: Greene and his com<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>panions +through shame, and Henry and his friends from fear.</p> + +<p>The Doctor seeing their confusion, called upon Greene, who was the +eldest boy, to explain the cause of it; but Greene was silent. "What +is the reason of this disturbance?" he again asked. "I insist upon +knowing. Some one tell me immediately."</p> + +<p>Henry, who was not at all desirous of informing Dr. Harris of the +affair, would now willingly have made his retreat, had not little Ned, +with some others, stepped forward at the time, which reminded him it +was their cause, and not his own, that he was to plead. The master +now mentioned his name, and demanded of him the cause of the riot. He +therefore plainly stated the case, and told every thing <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span>connected +with it; and when he had finished, many a little boy took courage to +tell his piteous tale, of what he had lost by the tyranny of the elder +scholars, and begged their master would prevent it in future.</p> + +<p>"As to the cakes," said little Ned, (taking off the hairy cap he used +to wear, and looking at Dr. Harris as seriously as his little merry +face would allow,) "as to the cakes, I'll be bound to say, there are as +many in their boxes as would fill a cake-shop."</p> + + +<p>The boxes were immediately searched, and although not quite so many +were found as little Ned supposed, yet there were sufficient to +convince their master of the truth of the statement he had just heard. +He therefore gave them a severe punishment, in the pre<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>sence of the +little boys whom they had been so long in the habit of ill-treating; +and distributed all the apples, sweetmeats, and other things which he +found, including about seven hundred marbles, to the joyous crowd, who +were congratulating each other upon their victory.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p> + +<h2><a name="CHAP_III" id="CHAP_III">CHAP. III.</a></h2> + +<hr class="r5" /> + + +<p>Henry and George now stood very high in the estimation of the great +majority of their school-fellows. They were caressed, honoured, and +looked upon as their first boys; while Greene and his friends were +treated with contempt and derision. They had no longer the power to +command and overawe the rest, with a blow or a black look. Their power +had ceased; but, unfortunately, the chastisement they had received, +instead of convincing them of their error, had only roused their evil +dispositions; and they now anxiously looked for <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span>an opportunity to +avenge the punishment they had received, through the interference of +Henry Wardour, against whom, in particular, they had an inveterate +spite. Nor did they long wish in vain; for, in a very short time, +another occurrence took place, of a far more serious nature, and which +had nearly thrown Henry into a severe illness. It was nothing less +than a suspicion of theft. His bed-fellow, whose name was Scott, when +he arose one morning, discovered that his box had been broken open, +and his purse, which had contained a new sovereign and two or three +shillings, had been emptied of its contents, and then replaced under +his Sunday clothes. Scott missed the money while looking for some +trifling article in his box; and having mentioned the thing, the boys +collected round him to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>hear his account of the matter. There were also +some boys who came out of another room up stairs, and among them Greene +and Walker, who, having heard what Scott had to say, at once declared, +that it was impossible for any one but the boy who slept in the same +room, to have stolen the money.</p> + +<p>George, who heard this direct charge against his friend Henry, +instantly fired up, and, in his passion, flew upon Greene, who had +made the charge, and struck him; when a scuffle ensued, the noise of +which brought out Dr. Harris, who, upon hearing an account of the loss +from Scott, told him that he was very likely to have mislaid the money +somewhere; and that he had no doubt but that, if he made search for +it, he would soon find it. George, with whom he was extremely angry +for his rashness in striking <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span>Greene, was immediately ordered into the +school-room, and punished by having a long lesson given him to learn. +Before he went, he turned round to Dr. Harris, and said that he was +sorry for having struck Greene; but he should have been ashamed of +himself, if he had stood quietly by, and heard his friend accused in +his absence, of so shameful a crime. "I am sure," he added, with his +usual vehemence, his face reddening, and his hand closely clenched, +"that Henry is not guilty; and Greene ought to be ashamed of himself, +for making such a charge against him."</p> + +<p>Greene, who stood behind the other boys wiping his face, which was a +little bruised by the blow he had received, then said, "that he should +not be surprised if Master George himself had had something to do in +it; for he <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>seemed very much offended by what he had said."</p> + +<p>"You are a mean-spirited fellow," said George; "and——"</p> + +<p>"Silence! silence, boys!" cried Dr. Harris. "How dare you make such +accusations against each other! The money may have been mislaid, and +will, no doubt, be found. I desire that a strict search may be made: +until that is done, let me not hear another word about it. I never had +a thief in my school; and if I ever find a boy out in such practices, +he shall meet with the severest punishment I can inflict."</p> + +<p>Every eye was now anxiously looking out for Henry Wardour, who had +obtained leave of Mrs. Harris, to accompany her daughters, to gather +some flowers at the gardeners, and to go on another little errand or +two. For so <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>much was Henry beloved by this good lady, that she had +made him her little messenger; and whenever she wanted to send any +thing into the town, he was sure to be the lad chosen so carry it. Dr. +Harris was made acquainted with his absence this morning, but wished +for his return, that he might question him as to this unpleasant affair.</p> + +<p>The business, however, which Henry had been sent upon, detained him +until after school had commenced; and, having hastened with his +breakfast, and brushed his clothes, he immediately entered the school, +when all eyes were directed towards him. Henry being a very bashful +lad, could not bear this unusual stare; and fearing, at the same time, +that Dr. Harris had been saying something about his long ab<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>sence, he +blushed deeply, as he hung his hat upon the peg and took his seat.</p> + +<p>Walker, who sat at the further end of the same desk, seeing Henry +somewhat confused, cried out, loud enough for some of the boys to hear +him, "Look at him!" When George, who sat near, turned round, and said, +"Well, what do you see?" "Why, guilt in his face," added Greene.</p> + +<p>This conversation would probably have continued, had not Dr. Harris, +who had hitherto been engaged at his desk, suddenly arose from his +seat, and walked down the school; when, observing Henry in his place, +he, with a smile on his countenance, beckoned him to follow to his +desk, which Henry immediately obeyed, though with a trembling step.</p> + +<p>This was a moment of great interest. Every <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>eye was attracted to the +top of the school; and a tear of joy stood in George's eye, as he saw +Dr. Harris affectionately take his friend by the hand, and whisper +something to him. It was at this moment too, that every boy in the +school took upon himself to translate the looks and actions of Henry +and his master. They observed every change in Henry's countenance, with +an anxiety equal to the love they bore him; for very few, if any of his +school-fellows, for a moment thought him guilty of the charge brought +against him by Greene; although four or five of them, whose jealousy +had been roused by the general respect in which Henry was held, and +who still remembered their own disgrace by his interference, readily +seconded the accusation, in the hope that, by so doing, they would +lessen the esteem which Mrs. Harris and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>her daughters appeared to have +for him. The <i>tyrants</i>, indeed, were noted as the enemies of Henry and +George; and this charge coming from, and being strenuously supported by +this party, led the rest of the boys to examine their probable motive.</p> + +<p>During this long interview with Dr. Harris, Henry was alternately +depressed and surprised. At one moment a tear would be seen to +start in his eye, and at another he seemed about to appeal to his +school-fellows, when he was soothed by the kindness of his master, who +told him to calm his fears, and return to his seat for the morning, +assuring him of his assistance to clear up the matter.</p> + +<p>As Henry walked down the school, with a dejected countenance, his eye +instinctively turned toward his friend George, who had been anx<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>iously +observing him during the whole time his master had been conversing with +him. It seemed to George to say, "I am charged with a serious fault, +and I shall stand in need of all the help you can afford me;" and a +careless observer might, in a moment, have seen, by the friendly and +benignant smile upon George's face, that he would surely have it.</p> + +<p>During the whole of the morning's school-hours, Henry found it +impossible to attend to his lessons. His mind was so absorbed in the +approaching examination, which his master had told him should take +place directly after twelve o'clock, that his sums were all done wrong, +and his copies badly written. Nor was he the only boy in the school who +was in this state of mind. His friend George felt for him, and appeared +as anxious about it, as though he himself had <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>been charged with the +theft. The last words of Mr. Wardour occurred to his thoughts: "Above +all, be friends to one another;" and the impressive manner in which it +was said, was still fresh upon his memory. "Be friends to one another!" +he exclaimed to himself: "ay, I will be <i>his</i> friend, because I am sure +he is mine; and because I am sure, also, that he is innocent of this +suspected robbery."</p> + +<p>Little Ned too was restless all the morning, and longed for the time to +arrive, when Henry would once more be enabled to put the <i>tyrants</i> to +the blush. His little merry heart was, for once, depressed; but he had +strong hopes that it would all end in the discomfiture of Greene and +his friends.</p> + +<p>Doctor Harris had as yet refrained from stating the circumstance to his +family; but as <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span>the hour was near at hand when he determined to have +a general search, he thought it best to make them acquainted with it, +though with little hopes of gaining any information from them. When +Mrs. Harris heard the tale, she treated it with indifference, and said +that she had no doubt but that the money would be forthcoming; for it +was her opinion, that some of the boys had taken it merely to tease +Scott, whom she stated to be rather too fond of hoarding. The daughters +thought the same, and were quite unhappy to think that their little +favourite should be suspected. Juliana, indeed, was about to hasten to +the school-room, in the hope of affording him some consolation, but was +requested by her papa to remain where she was.</p> + +<p>At length the school broke up; and, by the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>command of Dr. Harris, +search was made in every part, not merely amongst the boys, but also +amongst the servants; but, unfortunately, without finding the new +coin. The boys were now all assembled with the family, and Dr. Harris +commenced his examination, by asking Scott when he last saw his money. +"Last Sunday morning, Sir," he replied; "and Henry was with me at the +time." This Henry corroborated, by saying it was true, and that he saw +him put it in his purse again; when Greene stepped forward and said, +that he believed no person but Henry knew of Scott's possessing this +new coin; and that he, therefore, was the only person that could have +taken it.</p> + +<p>At this direct charge Henry stood for some time amazed; and then +bursting into a flood of tears, vehemently protested against the truth +of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span>his assertion, and dared him to the proof; when Walker, who stood +close by Greene and Scott, said, "It is of no use for you to deny it, +Master Wardour, as I know those that can prove they saw you take the +money." Henry was for a moment speechless; when George said it was +false, and demanded, with more than common earnestness, that he would +bring forth his accusers, and let him meet them face to face.</p> + +<p>This request was repeated by the rest of the boys, who feared they +might have said something, in an unguarded moment, which Walker had +construed into an assertion of Henry's guilt. Dr. Harris also requested +Walker to name the person who saw him take the money; when he replied, +that he knew no more than what Greene had told him, who said he saw +Henry steal it.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span></p> + +<p>Mrs. Harris now stepped forward, and earnestly entreated Greene, in +common justice, if he had any proof that Henry took the money, or +knew any thing of it, that he would instantly make it appear. At this +Greene was a good deal confused; and after first of all acknowledging +that he had said so, he then as plainly said that he knew nothing +about it, but was <i>sure</i> that nobody else could have taken the money. +Mrs. Harris, who was a sincere lover of justice, possessing too a +great deal of discrimination, inveighed in very strong terms against +charging a boy with theft, and casting aspersions upon his character, +without any foundation whatever. "He has now been a considerable time +in the school," she added, turning to her husband, "without ever having +created any suspicion of his honesty, or without doing the slightest +act <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>upon which to ground such a charge. Besides, I have frequently +trusted him with money to fetch various articles for me, and he has +always acted with the strictest honesty; and," raising her voice, "I +will myself be bound for his innocence upon this occasion, for there is +not a more honest lad in the school; and it is my belief, that some of +those who throw out hints of suspicion against Master Wardour, are much +more likely, from their general character, to have robbed Scott than he +is."</p> + +<p>Greene now slunk behind the rest of the boys; and in consequence of +this tone being taken by this excellent lady, Walker apologized for +having accused Henry of so great a crime, and added, that he should +never again believe what Greene said.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span></p> + +<p>"You may go, Master Henry," said Dr. Harris, in the kindest manner +possible, "and I have no doubt that the thief will be found out; and +then those who have accused you will have cause to be ashamed of +themselves."</p> + +<p>George, little Ned, and a great number of his school-fellows, now +crowded round Henry, congratulating him upon his victory, as they +were all anxious to see him fairly acquitted of the charge. Eliza +and Juliana also joined the little throng, and, by their caresses, +endeavoured to rally him into his usual good spirits, which they +continued to do for some days after. As, however, no discovery was +made about the money, he felt himself very uneasy, and could not but +think that many of the boys looked upon him as a thief; especially +as insinuations <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span>were sometimes thrown out by the elder boys, which +made him very miserable; and those who had first accused him, would +frequently ask, in his hearing, "Who stole Scott's money?"</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAP_IV" id="CHAP_IV">CHAP. IV.</a></h2> + +<hr class="r5" /> + + +<p>A fortnight had now nearly elapsed, and the affair began, in some +measure, to wear off. Indeed, it was seldom mentioned, except by those +boys who appeared, from the commencement, so desirous of obtaining a +verdict against Henry. His school-fellows, generally, were anxious to +play with him, and endeavoured to rouse his spirits by every means in +their power. They never commenced a new game, but he was solicited +to join them; and they never went for a walk, but he was anxiously +requested to accompany them. All their endeavours <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>however, were +fruitless: they could not make him what he was before this charge was +brought against him. He evidently had something preying upon his mind; +for instead of being one of the most lively boys in the school—one who +had hitherto shown a desire to join in any good-natured frolic—he was +now become quite serious, and even melancholy. In vain did his friend +George use every exertion: he who before could have persuaded him to +any thing, and to whose advice he had always paid a great regard, now +entreated him, in vain, to cheer his drooping spirits. Mrs. Harris, +with her two daughters, also endeavoured to laugh him out of what they +called his sulky mood; but he replied, that he could not help it; that +he should never again be happy till it was discovered who it <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>was +that stole Scott's money; and that its being lost while he was his +bed-fellow, certainly threw a suspicion upon him that he could not get +over, and to labour under which made him truly miserable.</p> + +<p>Dr. Harris felt a great deal of uneasiness about the matter, not merely +because he saw Henry labouring under so serious a charge, but that an +affair of such a nature should remain so long undetected, and that +he should hitherto have been foiled in his attempts to clear up the +mystery. In this state he continued, when, one morning, after he had +returned from his usual early walk, and was crossing the lawn that +led from the school to the parsonage-house, he observed a poor woman, +rather shabbily dressed, looking in at the school-room window. Not +appearing to find the object of her search, she <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span>was turning towards +the house, when she encountered the person of the Doctor.</p> + +<p>"Who are you looking for, good woman?" asked he.</p> + +<p>"I—I want," apparently somewhat disturbed by meeting the master, "I +want to see one of the little boys, Sir," she said, curtsying very low.</p> + +<p>"What little boy do you want? and what do you want him for?"</p> + +<p>"I don't know his name, Sir; but he wears a short blue jacket and +nankeen trowsers, and a white hat, Sir. He has black hair, and he is a +very handsome boy, Sir."</p> + +<p>"Is his name Henry," said Dr. Harris.</p> + +<p>"I think that was the name the other lad called him by, Sir; for there +was another fresh-coloured little gentleman came to the cottage with +him."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span></p> + +<p>"What did they come to your cottage about, my good woman?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, Sir, I and my poor dear sick husband ought to be very thankful for +the help they gave us. And I now want to see them, to thank them for +their goodness, and to tell them that my husband will, by God's mercy, +be able to go to work very soon. That's all I wanted, Sir," she said, +again curtsying, though with some degree of alarm; for she feared that +her peeping about for the boys might have offended Dr. Harris.</p> + +<p>"What did they do for your sick husband then?" asked Dr. Harris. "I do +not think they had the power of rendering you much assistance."</p> + +<p>"Oh yes, Sir, they had," she replied: "Master Henry gave us, +altogether, sixteen shillings. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span>And I am sure, that if he had not +helped us, we should all have been starved. But the Lord is always very +good, and sends something to those who are in want."</p> + +<p>At this recital Dr. Harris felt amazed; and the circumstance of Scott's +money being lost, immediately recurred to his memory. "It must be so," +he said to himself: "these boys, anxious to do a service to this poor +family, have taken Scott's money from his box, where I suppose they +thought it was lying useless, and appropriated it to relieving their +wants.—Step in doors, my good woman," he said, as he hastened across +the lawn: "step in: I wish to ask you a few questions."</p> + +<p>Martha Watson, (for that was the name of this poor woman) now repented +having come to the school at all, as she feared, from the anxiety <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>in +Dr. Harris's face, that the boys might get scolded for coming to the +cottage without leave of their master; and she followed him to the +house with a faltering step.</p> + +<p>The servant having opened the door, Dr. Harris led the way into a +little room, which was his study, and desired Martha Watson to enter, +when he closed the door, and they both sat down. "Where do you live, +pray?" asked the Doctor.</p> + +<p>"In one of those poor cottages, Sir, in the lane that leads on to the +common."</p> + +<p>"You say these boys gave you sixteen shillings: I wish you would tell +me what it was that first induced them to come to your cottage, and +every thing you know about them."</p> + +<p>Martha Watson now felt very uneasy, and anxiously asked whether they +had done any <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>thing wrong, which she the more feared, as she had not +seen them for some time past. Dr. Harris begged of her to answer his +question, and assured her that there was no cause for her alarm.</p> + +<p>She then related to him the following circumstance: "About a month ago, +Sir, as my little son Jack, who is about six years old, was coming from +Farmer Miles's, with a pitcher full of milk, and making all the haste +he could to get home with it for his daddy's supper, these two young +gentlemen were hastening off the common, and in their hurry to turn the +corner of the lane, they did not see little Jack, but ran against him. +So, Sir, they ran so violently, that they knocked him down, spilled the +milk, broke the pitcher into a hundred pieces, and cut poor Jack's arm, +which bled very much indeed."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span></p> + +<p>"They did not do him a very serious injury, I hope," said the Doctor.</p> + +<p>"No, Sir; only cut his arm a little. Finding, however, that Jack was +afraid to go home alone, they came with him to our cottage, when they +told me the whole affair, and said how sorry they were they had spilt +the milk and broke the pitcher; and did all they could to pacify little +Jack. When they found how poor we were, and saw my dear husband sick in +bed, they asked me many questions: how long he had been ill, what money +we had, and many others; and when I told them that he had kept his bed +for five weeks, and was not then able to get up; and that we had no +money, but the little I and my eldest girl could earn in the fields, +they talked together a little while, and the young gentleman in the +white hat said, that he would see me again in about an hour, and pay +me for the pitcher and the milk, and give me something for my husband."</p> + +<div class="figcenter" id="illo58"> +<img src="images/i_058.jpg" width="330" height="400" alt="" /> +<div class="caption"> + +<p class="center no-indent">Henry & George visiting the poor Cottager. + +<i>See page 56</i><br /></p></div></div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Did they return then in about an hour?" said Dr. Harris.</p> + +<p>"No, Sir; they did not call again till next morning, when they asked me +whether my poor husband was better, and how Jack's arm was. One of them +pulled out of his pocket a guinea, and——"</p> + +<p>"A guinea!" exclaimed Dr. Harris, interrupting the woman: "are you +positive it was a guinea?"</p> + +<p>"I am sure it was a golden coin, Sir; because they asked me to change +it. But that was impossible, for I had no money at all in the house."</p> + +<p>"Well, my good woman, and what did they do then?" asked Dr. Harris, +evidently much agitated.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Why, Sir, finding I had no money, they went into the town and got the +golden coin changed, and gave me ten shillings of it. In a few days, +Sir, they came again, and gave me six more shillings."</p> + +<p>"Did they ever call after that time?"</p> + +<p>"Once, Sir, which was about ten days ago; and as I have not seen them +since, I made free to call here this morning; because I am sure they +would be glad to hear that my poor dear husband was getting better, +and would soon be able to work. If the young gentlemen had not been so +kind to us, I don't know what we should have done. I am afraid my poor +husband must have died for want of proper things. But the Lord will +reward them for their kindness; and I am sure they are good boys."</p> + +<p>Dr. Harris congratulated the cottager upon <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span>the restoration of her +husband to health, and said that Mrs. Harris should visit her family; +and that he would also tell Henry and George that she had called to +thank them; but that it was not convenient for her to see them just +then. Having again asked her where she resided, he bade her good +morning, and she immediately returned home.</p> + +<p>When Martha Watson had gone, Dr. Harris joined his family at the +breakfast-table, and related the whole of the affair to them, adding +his conviction of Henry's guilt, and that he was sorry to find he had +been so deceived by him. George too, he said, was equally guilty; for +he had been a party in giving away the stolen property. "I shall write +to their parents this evening," he added; "for I am at a loss to know +how to punish such duplicity and wickedness."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span></p> + +<p>Mrs. Harris and her daughters, although staggered by the statement +which the Doctor had made to them, suggested the propriety of calling +in Henry and George. "For," said Mrs. Andrews, "although it looks very +suspicious, I never can believe them guilty until it is plainly proved."</p> + +<p>"I think this is sufficient proof," he said, rather angrily; for he +felt vexed to think of the trouble this affair would give to their +parents.</p> + +<p>"True; so it is, my dear," answered his wife, "if not contradicted; but +I hope that they will be able to give such an explanation as will be +satisfactory to us all."</p> + +<p>"And that I am sure they will," said Eliza, rising from her chair; "and +pray, papa, let me call them in."</p> + +<p>The servant at this moment entered the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span>room to take away the +breakfast-things, when Dr. Harris desired her to send in Master Wardour +and Master Harrington.</p> + +<p>The boys had but just taken their seats in the school-room, when the +servant summoned them into the parlour. Henry, who still continued in +the same desponding mood, felt gratified by hearing that he was wanted +there; but it was only a momentary pleasure. He at first thought he +might be wanted to accompany Eliza and Juliana to the garden, or be +commissioned by Mrs. Harris to go into the town for her; but when he +found that George was also wanted, and that they were to go together, +he felt convinced of some fresh trouble; for he was not the same +cheerful boy he used to be. Fear seemed to have taken possession of +his whole frame; when George, thinking he ob<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>served a tear starting in +his eye, grasped his hand with the warmth of sincere friendship, and +cheered him up by saying, "Now for it, Henry: it is all settled, and we +are wanted to hear the good news;" and they went, hand in hand, into +the parlour.</p> + +<p>After making their obedience, they walked up to the table; and Dr. +Harris, with a look somewhat more stern than usual, said, "Henry, do +you know a woman named Martha Watson, who lives near the common?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, Sir," said George, "I know her: a very poor woman."</p> + +<p>"I asked Henry," said Dr. Harris; "and I expect that he will answer me."</p> + +<p>But poor Henry, from some cause or other, was, at the moment, unable +to reply. George, therefore, seeing his friend at a loss, immedi<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>ately +gave the answer; and Henry, recovering his self-possession, now gave +a direct answer to every question that the worthy master put to him, +and proceeded to explain how they became possessed of so much money. +"George and I," he said, "were one day walking through the town, when +we met a gentleman on horseback, who had lately seen our parents in +London. He told us that he was going to call upon us at the school; but +as he had met us, that would do as well. He then gave us a new coin, +which is called a sovereign; and after staying with us about a quarter +of an hour, he shook hands with us, and rode off."</p> + +<p>"And the same evening," added George, "we had the misfortune to run +over little Jack Watson, and break his pitcher. We then thought it our +duty to see him safe home, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>and to pay for the pitcher and milk. When +we got to the cottage, we saw the poor man stretched on a wretched +straw mattress, where he said he had been above a month; and the tear +rolled down his cheek when he looked round the room, and saw five +little children, who were all anxiously waiting for the milk which we +had been so unfortunate as to knock out of little Jack's hand. Indeed, +Sir," George continued, "we never before saw so much wretchedness; and +Henry said, that as we had plenty to eat and drink, and pocket-money +besides, we might as well get the new coin changed, and give them some +of it, saying, he wished we had more. I agreed to give nearly all my +share; and the next morning we went to the cottage, and gave most of +the money to the poor people."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span></p> + +<p>"But why did you not tell me or Mrs. Harris of this distressed +cottager, and also that you had had so much money given to you, Henry?"</p> + +<p>"Because, Sir, you had given strict orders that no boy should enter a +place of sickness, for fear of bringing away a fever. We should not +have gone there; but we had hurt poor Jack, and he was afraid to go +home, after having lost all the milk. He said his mother would not +believe him, if he told her that some one had broken the pitcher."</p> + +<p>The plain and unassuming manner in which the boys told their tale, +threw an unusual cheerfulness round the whole family. Dr. Harris felt +himself satisfied with the account which they had given; while Mrs. +Harris and her daughters were overjoyed to find that the boys could +give <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>an explanation so very creditable to their feelings. "It is not," +said the lady, when the boys had left the room, "because my belief in +their ability to give an explanation is confirmed, that I feel this +satisfaction; but that they should have shown themselves so susceptible +of the finest feelings of our nature. That they should have pitied and +relieved the wants of their suffering fellow-creatures; and that, too, +without ostentation or parade, convinces me, at once, that neither of +them would be guilty of the charge made against Henry. And I sincerely +wish that some light may be speedily thrown upon this unpleasant and +mysterious affair, or I shall have great cause to fear the consequences +with regard to his health."</p> + +<p>Dr. Harris then left the table for the school-room, heartily concurring +in every word that <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>his amiable lady had uttered. Upon entering, he +found the boys in deep consultation; for, immediately upon the return +of Edward and George, they were questioned by their school-fellows as +to the result of so long an interview. George, who would, from modesty, +have readily refrained from stating a circumstance so creditable +to himself, as well as to his friend, had he not feared a wrong +construction would have been put upon his silence, immediately related +the whole of what had passed in the parlour. The majority of the boys +felt a little disappointed that nothing more conclusive had transpired; +not perceiving, that boys who were capable of giving away their money +in the manner that Henry and George had done, were unlikely to rob +another of the little he possessed.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span></p> + +<p>Greene and a few others, however, with a malignity that spoke an +interested motive, did not fail to turn this statement into ridicule. +Greene in particular, who had displayed great anxiety and uneasiness +during the absence of Henry and George, at the conclusion of the tale +which the boys had requested George to relate, burst into loud and +excessive laughter, and exclaimed, "This is one of the finest tales I +ever heard. Is it likely, in the first place, that any gentleman would +give them a sovereign? Did any of you ever receive so much at one +time; and that, too, from a poor traveller? And is it likely that, if +they had had it given to them, as they wish us to believe, that they +would have parted with it in the manner they say they have? It is all +a made-up story. I don't know where Scott's money <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>is; but I think, if +it has been given to the poor cottagers, he ought to have the credit of +it."</p> + +<p>Several of the boys then joined him in the loud laugh with which he +concluded this base insinuation. Poor Henry was again driven back into +his low-spiritedness, and gave, first a look of contempt at Greene, +and then cast his eyes upon George, as his only refuge and support +against this fresh and unexpected attack. It is difficult to say how +Greene would have fared, had not Dr. Harris at this moment entered +the school; for George was never more indignant, nor never felt a +greater inclination to tell Greene what he thought of his cowardly +conduct, than he did at this moment. Little Ned, however, did not fail +to whisper in his ear as he passed, that which <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>was at all times an +unwelcome sound: "Who stole the cakes?" said he, loud enough for the +rest of the boys to hear. Greene looked vexed, and went to his seat.</p> + +<p>Some time passed away, and nothing transpired to clear up this +mysterious affair; while the few enemies that Henry had in the school +appeared to increase, from the construction which Greene and some +others had put upon George's explanation concerning the money. Henry, +unable to bear up against the stigma, not only grew melancholy, but +began to lose his appetite, and looked very thin and ill. Mrs. Harris +really felt somewhat alarmed, and said every thing she could to comfort +him; but, alas! it was all in vain. Scott also, to do him justice, did +every thing in his power to relieve him, but without avail; and Henry +began to think <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span>he should fall a victim to a false accusation, for he +had no sleep by night, nor ease by day.</p> + +<p>Dr. Harris now proposed to send for his father, which he did; and +he arrived in a few days. Dr. H. made him acquainted with the whole +affair, from first to last; and Henry was sent for into the parlour. +His father was shocked at his appearing in such ill health, and +the agony of his feelings was intense at the cause of his illness. +He entreated him, by the love he bore towards him and his mother, +to confess the truth. "If, my dear boy," he said, "you have, in an +unguarded moment, been led into an error, the only reparation is openly +to confess it. In that case I will pay the boy the money, and you shall +receive my forgiveness."</p> + +<p>Henry assured him that he knew nothing at <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span>all of the money—that it +made him very unhappy indeed—that he had had no sleep for the last +three or four nights—and that he had lost his appetite; when, throwing +his arms round his father's neck, he burst into an agony of tears, and +could only exclaim, "I am innocent! I am innocent!"</p> + +<p>Mrs. Harris having pacified Henry, said that it would perhaps be best +for Mr. Wardour to take him home for a short time; but to this Henry +himself objected, as he knew very well that there were boys who would +turn that to his disadvantage. His father, therefore, procured him +some medicine, to calm his spirits and allay the slight fever which he +appeared to have; and then went to transact some business at a short +distance from the village, promising to see him again <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>in a few days, +and determining, in his own mind, to take Henry home with him, should +nothing transpire in the mean time to free him from this accusation.</p> + + +<hr class="chap" /> + + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAP_V" id="CHAP_V">CHAP. V.</a></h2> + +<hr class="r5" /> + + +<p>The time had now arrived when Henry was to be freed from his troubles, +and to obtain a satisfactory victory over malignity and base design. +On the evening after his father had taken leave of him, and when he, +in company with his friend George, was sitting at his bed-room window, +admiring the beauties of the setting sun, and enjoying the calmness of +the surrounding scenery, an unusual noise was heard upon the stairs. +Henry instantly rose from his seat and opened the door, when in rushed +little Ned, breathless, and almost speechless. He had his hairy cap in +his hand, and had contrived to run one of his legs through his long +pin-afore, as he made his way up the stairs. His face was far more red +than usual, and full of anxiety.</p> + + +<div class="figcenter" id="illo79"> +<img src="images/i_079.jpg" width="330" height="400" alt="" /> +<div class="caption"> + +<p class="center no-indent">—its all found out!—the thief is found out. + +<i>page 75.</i><br /></p></div></div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span></p> + +<p>"What is the matter, Ned?" said Henry as he entered: "you seem in a +hurry."</p> + +<p>"In a hurry!" Ned replied, gasping for breath: "in a hurry! Why, it's +all found out!" said he, waving his cap over his head.</p> + +<p>"What is found out?" asked George, laughing heartily at Ned's grotesque +appearance. "Look at your leg through your pin-afore."</p> + +<p>"Never mind," said he: "Kitty will mend that. But it is all found out! +the <i>thief</i> is found out." As he uttered these words, he <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span>seized Henry +by the hand, who, with George and himself, hastened down stairs, Ned +repeating all the way, "It's all found out! <i>I</i> have found him out!" +He dragged them both into the school-room, where most of the boys were +assembled. Dr. Harris, who was disturbed by the noise, also followed; +and, upon his entering, Ned called out, with a loud voice, "I charge +you, Charles Greene, with stealing Scott's money, and will prove it!"</p> + +<p>Greene started, as though he had seen something unnatural. "I,—I," was +all he could articulate, and he turned as white as possible.</p> + +<p>"Yes," says Ned, "I have just been into Dame Birch's, the pie-woman, +who said that you had then been to pay the money you owed her, and that +she was very glad she had got clear of you."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p> + +<p>He then related to Dr. Harris, the conversation he had had with the +pie-woman about ten minutes before. "As I was walking to the shop, +Sir," he said, "I saw Greene take his leave, when he was busily +thrusting something into his pockets, I went into the shop, and Mrs. +Birch told me that Greene had just paid her the remainder of his debt. +I asked what debt it was; and she told me that it had been owing a long +time: that, about a month ago, he went there and changed a sovereign, +and paid her eight shillings out of fourteen he owed her; and that he +wished the whole of the sovereign had belonged to himself, but it did +not; for one of the other boys was to have half, as he had been with +him when he had found it."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span></p> + +<p>Greene, who had by this time in some measure recovered from his first +shock, here interrupted Ned by saying, "I never told her so: I said +my father gave it to me, which he did. He told me that my uncle from +London had called and left it for me."</p> + +<p>Ned declared he had told Dr. Harris the truth, and every word that Dame +Birch had said, except that she added, "I believe I should never have +got the money, if I had not threatened to go to his master."</p> + +<p>Dame Birch was now sent for, and confirmed what little Ned had stated; +and in answer to a question from Dr. Harris, why she allowed the boys +to get so much in debt? said, that she could not help it with Greene, +for he would have what he chose; but that it was not all for cakes: +part of it <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span>was payment for two squares of glass, which he broke when +fighting, one day, with another boy.</p> + +<p>During the interview, Henry and George, and one or two of their +school-fellows, hastened to Mr. Greene's house, (for he fortunately +lived at a short distance from the village,) to have his son's account +either confirmed or denied. On their reaching the door, they knocked +with great authority; and upon the servant's opening it, they demanded +to see his master immediately, as they had some very important business +with him. The servant informed Mr. Greene of their visit, and he came +out of the parlour and demanded what business they could have with him; +when George said, "Sir, we have taken the liberty to call upon you, to +know whether you gave <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span>your son Charles a sovereign about a month ago.</p> + +<p>"Gave him what?" said the old gentleman: "gave him a sovereign! Not I, +indeed: I hope I know better what to do with my money. His mother might +have given him six-pence or so; but we should never think of giving him +any thing like a sovereign."</p> + +<p>He then returned into the parlour, and they heard him ask Mrs. Greene, +if she knew of Charles's having a sovereign about a month ago, when she +answered, "No, my dear."</p> + +<p>This was quite satisfactory to Henry and his friends; and without +waiting any further ceremony, they started off for the school.</p> + +<p>In the mean time Greene, having ascertained that they were gone to his +father's to make enquiry, had confessed that it was he who <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span>had stolen +the money out of Scott's box; and when they returned, he was surrounded +by all the boys, who were upbraiding and taunting him with his villany. +His own friends too were against him; and, from shame and agitation of +mind, he looked most wretchedly.</p> + +<p>It is impossible to describe the scene which now took place in the +school-room. Henry, whose mind was relieved from the depression +occasioned by this disgraceful charge, was caressed and congratulated +by every boy in the school. Mrs. Harris kissed him affectionately, +and said she felt confident of his innocence from the first, and had +never despaired of its being made evident. Juliana and Eliza were also +amongst the first to bestow their approbation upon his conduct. George +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>and little Ned were delighted beyond measure to see their friend once +more made happy, and hoped soon to have him as the chief in their +youthful sports.</p> + +<p>But it was far different with Greene, who now felt all the wretchedness +of one convicted of theft, and detected in basely attaching the +disgraceful charge to an innocent and praiseworthy lad. He had taken +his seat at the extremity of the school-room, and was hiding his face +in his hands; and though a boy of wonderful spirits and strong nerve, +was now bathed in tears, and sobbing aloud. Dr. Harris, who had been +giving him a very severe lecture, still stood over him, impressing upon +him the necessity of retiring into his room, to seek from God that +forgiveness in prayer and repentance, which, he too much <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>feared, would +not be easily obtained from his offended and disgusted school-fellows. +He now, therefore, arose, and made his way towards the door, in doing +which he had again to encounter the execrations and pointed fingers of +the boys, who cried, as he passed them, "Go, thou thief!" and followed +him until they saw him enter the house.</p> + +<p>Henry, however, was the only lad who did not upbraid him; for, though +Greene had behaved in so disgraceful a manner towards him, he could not +but feel distressed to see him appear almost brokenhearted. He still +remembered, in the midst of his joy, that but a few hours had elapsed +since he felt all the wretchedness of one <i>supposed</i> to be guilty of +theft. "What then," <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span>he said to himself, "must be the feelings of +him who stands <i>convicted</i> of the crime, and therefore has not the +consciousness of innocence to support him? I cannot find in my heart to +upbraid him," he said, as he took George and Ned by the hand and led +them across the lawn.</p> + +<p>They continued their walk until bed-time, when they returned, and Henry +again experienced the sweets of a good night's rest, the sure reward of +integrity.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" id="illo91"> +<img src="images/i_091.jpg" width="330" height="400" alt="" /> +<div class="caption"> + +<p class="center no-indent">"What shall I do?" "I will leave the School" + +<i>page 85</i><br /></p></div></div> + +<p>Greene, on the contrary, was now distressed beyond measure: his night +was restless and unrefreshing; and as the time was fast approaching +when he must again face his master and his school-fellows, remorse and +dread had taken possession of his mind, and he felt as if he had not +strength to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>dress himself. "What shall I do?" he exclaimed, as he +again threw himself across the bed: "I cannot enter the school-room, +nor face my school-fellows; for I know they must despise me. I, who +have hitherto taken the lead in the school, and have done as I chose +with the boys, am now to be pointed at and spurned by the least in +the place. I will leave the school directly," he added, rising from +the bed, and making another attempt to dress: "I will leave the +school directly, and hasten to my uncle's in London." With this rash +determination he concluded, when, taking up his jacket, he discovered, +upon the back of it, that which had before escaped his notice, the +words "<span class="smcap">THIEF</span>" and "<span class="smcap">LIAR</span>," in large characters. This +fresh assault cut him to the heart. He dropped the coat, and fell +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span>upon his knees at the foot of the bed, praying aloud to his Maker for +forgiveness, and promising never to offend in the like manner again. +He concluded by exclaiming, in great agitation: "Where shall I find a +friend to plead for me? and to whom, among my school-fellows, can I now +look for support?"</p> + +<p>"To me! to me!" cried Henry, who was passing his chamber at the time, +and whose kind heart overflowed with pity at the distressed bewailings +of this repentant boy. "I will be your friend, and seek forgiveness +from your school-fellows. Though you have grossly injured me, I cannot, +must not bear malice. Dr. Harris tells us we should forget and forgive."</p> + +<p>"And do <i>you</i> forgive me, Henry?" he exclaimed: "can you forgive one +who has acted so basely towards you?"</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I can and do," he answered, "and will beg of Dr. Harris to forgive you +also." He then seized him by the hand, and, half undressed as he was, +with his coat under his arm, and his eyes swollen with crying, he drew +him to the school-room, where Dr. Harris had just taken his seat. As +he made his way towards the desk, the boys were greatly surprised, and +wondered when they heard Henry ask Dr. Harris to forgive him. "I found +him, Sir," continued Henry, "upon his knees, asking forgiveness of the +Almighty, and making promises of future amendment. I therefore, as far +as I am concerned, heartily forgive him, and I hope, Sir, you will do +the same."</p> + +<p>Dr. Harris then addressed Greene in his most impressive manner, +telling him that he was glad to find he was made sensible of his +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span>error; and was also happy to see him so full of contrition: adding, +"that, as it is the sincere wish of Henry, to whom you ought to be +for ever grateful, I am willing to think no more of this matter. But +it is not to me, so much as to your school-fellows, you need look for +forgiveness; and to them you ought to apply, as being the parties +offended."</p> + +<p>Henry then took him down the school, and by his earnest entreaties and +pathetic address, obtained his pardon.</p> + +<p>Greene now retired, and in a short time returned to his lessons, +somewhat happier than when he arose, but still depressed by shame.</p> + +<p>The next day Mr. Wardour returned, and had the felicity to find his son +restored to health and happiness. When he heard of his acquittal, and +of his noble conduct in obtaining <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span>pardon for Greene, he pressed him +to his bosom, and almost shed tears of joy. He then exhorted him to be +always grateful for this providential discovery of his innocence, and +to let all the future actions of his life be governed by the same noble +principles as he had followed upon this trying occasion. After making +a present to George and little Ned, for their friendly conduct towards +his son, he obtained a holiday for the whole school, and took his leave.</p> + +<p>Mr. Greene, upon hearing of his son's conduct, would have severely +punished him, had not Dr. Harris assured him of his contrition, and +begged of him to inflict no further chastisement than he had already +received from his little school-follows. He therefore contented himself +with making Scott a handsome present.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span></p> + +<p>Mrs. Harris and her daughters had been lately busy in relieving the +family of poor Martha Watson, whom the late circumstances had brought +under their notice. The husband, by this good lady's well-timed +attendance, had now recovered his health, and had gone to work, while +the children were clothed and made decent in their appearance; and +their mother never failed to bless the names of Henry and George, and +to thank that Providence which had directed them to her cottage.</p> + +<p>Greene still continued in a gloomy state, when he was happily relieved +from it by his uncle prevailing upon his father to let him go a voyage +to the East Indies with him; and, in less than a month, he departed +from that place, which had now become <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span>irksome to him; but not without +first being well convinced, that "<i>honesty is the best policy</i>."</p> + +<p>Henry and George still continued to be beloved by their school-fellows; +and each remained happy in the possession of a good conscience.</p> + + +<p class="center">THE END.</p> + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<p class="center">Harvey, Darton, and Co. Printers, Gracechurch-Street.</p> +<hr class="chap" /> + + + +<p class="center no-indent"> +CHILDREN'S BOOKS,<br /> +<br /> +<small>PUBLISHED BY</small><br /> +<br /> +<i><big>HARVEY AND DARTON</big></i>,<br /> +<br /> +GRACECHURCH-STREET,<br /> +<br /> +<i>LONDON</i>.<br /></p> + +<hr class="r5" /> + +<p>DOMESTIC PLEASURES; or, the Happy Fire-side. Illustrated by +interesting conversations. By <i>F.B. Vaux.</i> Price 4s. 6d. boards.</p> + +<p>IMITATION. By <i>Maria Benson</i>. Author of "Thoughts on Education, +System and no System." Price 2s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>The CONVERSATIONS of EMILY. Abridged from the French. 18mo. Price +3s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>DIALOGUES on curious Subjects in Natural History, 18mo. Price 2s. +half bound.</p> + +<p>The HISTORY of a TAME ROBIN. Supposed to be written by himself. +Price 2s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>The HISTORY of MUNGO, the little Traveller. By <i>Mary Mister</i>. Price +1s. 6d.</p> + +<p>The ADVENTURES of a DOLL. By the Author of "Mungo, &c." Price +2s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>TALES from the MOUNTAINS. By the Author of "Mungo, &c." Price +2s. 6d.</p> + +<p>GUSTAVUS; or, the Macaw. A Story to teach Children the proper value +of Things. Price 2s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>The ORACLE; or, the Friend of Youth. By the Author of "A Cup of +Sweets." Price 2s. half bound.</p> + +<p>MAY-DAY; or, Anecdotes of Lydia Lively. Price 2s.</p> + +<p>BUDS of GENIUS; or, some Account of the early Lives of celebrated +Characters who were remarkable in their Childhood. Price 2s. half +bound.</p> + +<p>The Principal Events in the LIFE of MOSES, and in the Journey of +the Israelites from Egypt to Canaan. By <i>Henry Lacey</i>. Illustrated by +fifteen Engravings. Price 3s. neatly half bound, roan backs.</p> + +<p>SCRIPTURAL STORIES, for very Young Children. By the Author of "The +Decoy." Price 1s.</p> + +<p>The HISTORY of LITTLE DAVY's NEW HAT. By <i>Robert Bloomfield</i>. Author +of the "Farmer's Boy," "Rural Tales, &c." With Plates. Price 2s. +half bound.</p> + +<p>The LITTLE VISITORS. In Words composed of One and Two Syllables. +Price 1s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>STORIES of ANIMALS, intended for Children between five and seven +years old. By <i>Maria Hack</i>. 16mo. With Copper-plates. Price 2s. 6d. +half bound.</p> + +<p>WINTER EVENINGS; or Tales of Travellers. By <i>Maria Hack</i>, 4 vols. +18mo. Price 10s. half bound.</p> + +<p>HARRY BEAUFOY; or, the Pupil of Nature. By <i>Maria Hack</i>. 18mo. 2s. +6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>The WINTER VACATION; or, Holidays in the Country. Price 1s. 6d. half +bound.</p> + +<p>The SUMMER VACATION. Price 1s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>The INFANT MINSTREL; or, Poetry for Young Minds. Price 1s. 6d. half +bound.</p> + +<p>The DEW-DROP; or, Summer Morning's Walk. By <i>F.B. Vaux</i>. With +Plates. Price 1s.</p> + +<p>LITTLE ANECDOTES for Little People. By <i>Mary Mister</i>. Price 1s.</p> + +<p>EASY LESSONS for INFANTS; and short Stories, written from Facts. +With coloured cuts. Price 1s. 6d.</p> + +<p>VERSES for Little Children. Written by a young Lady, for the +Amusement of her junior Brothers and sisters. With Copper-plates. Price +6d.</p> + +<p>STORIES for Children. By <i>S. Hayes</i>. With Copper-plates. Price +6d.</p> + +<p>A NEW-YEAR'S GIFT for a young Cottager. With a Frontispiece. Price +6d.</p> + +<p>The STORY of ELLEN and MARY; or, the Advantage of Humility. With +Copper-plates. Price 1s.</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/i_b_cover.jpg" width="294" height="400" alt="" /></div> + + + + +<div class="transnote">Transcriber's Note: + +<p>Some punctuation has been silently altered.</p> + +<p>The following words have been changed.</p> + +<p class="indent">dètermined is now determined</p> +<p class="indent">Goerge is now George</p></div> + +<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44178 ***</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/44178-h/images/cover.jpg b/44178-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c95443 --- /dev/null +++ b/44178-h/images/cover.jpg diff --git a/44178-h/images/i_001.jpg b/44178-h/images/i_001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1249a07 --- /dev/null +++ b/44178-h/images/i_001.jpg diff --git a/44178-h/images/i_004.jpg b/44178-h/images/i_004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4c12a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/44178-h/images/i_004.jpg diff --git a/44178-h/images/i_058.jpg b/44178-h/images/i_058.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9105fe3 --- /dev/null +++ b/44178-h/images/i_058.jpg diff --git a/44178-h/images/i_079.jpg b/44178-h/images/i_079.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7430bc --- /dev/null +++ b/44178-h/images/i_079.jpg diff --git a/44178-h/images/i_091.jpg b/44178-h/images/i_091.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f22903b --- /dev/null +++ b/44178-h/images/i_091.jpg diff --git a/44178-h/images/i_b_cover.jpg b/44178-h/images/i_b_cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b70ae24 --- /dev/null +++ b/44178-h/images/i_b_cover.jpg diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..794e372 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #44178 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/44178) diff --git a/old/44178-8.txt b/old/44178-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a043284 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1743 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Friends, by Unknown + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license + + +Title: The Friends + or, The Triumph of Innocence over False Charges + +Author: Unknown + +Release Date: November 14, 2013 [EBook #44178] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FRIENDS *** + + + + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Sue Fleming and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This +file was produced from images generously made available +by The Internet Archive) + + + + + + + + + + [Illustration: _page 11._ + + --"may Heaven bless & direct you"! + + _London, Published by Harvey & Darton, 56 Gracechurch Street, + 10th Dec. 1822._] + + + + + THE FRIENDS; + + OR, + + THE TRIUMPH OF INNOCENCE + + OVER + + _FALSE CHARGES_. + + A Tale, + FOUNDED ON FACTS. + + "TIME AT LAST SETS ALL THINGS EVEN." + + LONDON: + PRINTED FOR HARVEY AND DARTON, + GRACECHURCH-STREET. + + 1822. + + + + + THE FRIENDS, &c. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + +In one of the pleasant villages in the beautiful county of Kent, was +situated a boarding-school of considerable celebrity. It had, for many +years, been distinguished for possessing an excellent master, in the +person of the Rev. Dr. Harris, who, by his amiable manners and sound +knowledge, had obtained the friendship of the surrounding gentry; while +his fatherly interest in behalf of the affairs of the poor, caused him +to be universally beloved. He was curate of the parish, as well as +school-master; and his parishioners and scholars were alike the objects +of his tender regard and anxious solicitude. + +His family consisted of a wife and two daughters, who were equally +respected by all who had the pleasure of their acquaintance. Mrs. +Harris was, indeed, every way worthy of her amiable partner; and her +greatest pleasure consisted in doing good. Although frequently herself +in a very weak state of health; yet, neither the inclemency of the +weather, nor the distance, deterred her from going, in person, to +visit, to comfort, and to assist those of her fellow-creatures who +were in distress. It was quite enough for her to know that any of her +poorer neighbours were in want, to command her immediate aid; and, by +thus setting them a good Christian example, she was better enabled +to assist her amiable husband in enforcing the mild and wholesome +doctrines of religion. + +Her lovely daughters, too, Juliana and Eliza, were of sufficient ages +to be her companions in these charitable visits; and their hearts +panted for the power to do good, and longed to receive and to deserve +such blessings as were bestowed, with grateful lips, upon their beloved +mother, whenever she passed the cottages of the poor. They pitied +their wants and sufferings, and participated and rejoiced in their +happiness; and frequently expressed a desire for riches, to enable them +to relieve their misfortunes. Upon such occasions, Mrs. Harris never +failed to impress upon their young minds this valuable truth: that +wealth does not always afford the best means of doing good. She used to +say, that those children who sincerely wish to do an act of charity, +seldom want the means of doing something to relieve the necessities +and soothe the afflictions of those who are pining in wretchedness; +for even a kind consoling word, with a very little personal attention, +was often esteemed more valuable, and even proved to be more useful, +than money, to those whose spirits as well as bodies were pressed down +by distress. Added to this advice, this excellent lady seldom let an +opportunity pass of enforcing the most strict and pious attention to +their religious duties. Her motto was: + + "Teach me to feel another's woe, + To hide the fault I see: + That mercy I to others show, + That mercy show to me." + +The school was at the extremity of the village, and attached to the +parsonage-house. The situation was retired and beautiful. At a little +distance stood the village church, in all its ancient simplicity, +except that it had, for some years, been nearly covered with ivy; the +most pleasing decoration that it is possible for Nature to bestow upon +a country place of worship. Its green and glossy leaf, whether viewed +by the soft glow of moon-light, or by the broad glare of sun-shine, is +always an object of admiration. + +The number of scholars was about forty; and in this, as in other +schools, boys of various dispositions were to be found. Some possessed +all the good temper and vivacity that could be wished; and their +faults were seldom of so serious a nature as to demand more than a +slight reproof: while others were morose, passionate, envious, and +disobliging; imposing upon their younger school-fellows at every +opportunity, and perplexing those of their own age by frequent +interruptions in their sports and lessons. + +Amongst the number of those who were generally beloved by their +school-fellows, were Henry Wardour and George Harrington, the sons +of two respectable tradesmen, who were partners in a very lucrative +business in London. George had been so unfortunate as to lose his mamma +when he was scarcely five years of age; and as he was the only child, +Mrs. Wardour, who had always entertained great esteem for his parents, +requested of his papa to allow her the pleasure of instructing him with +her son Henry. To an offer so kind and advantageous, Mr. Harrington +could have no objection; but fearing that the task would become +irksome, and be too great an exertion for his friend, he endeavoured +to persuade her from her purpose; when she replied: "The trouble, Sir, +I beg you will not think about: it will be nothing. While teaching my +own son, I shall feel a pleasure in imparting the same instruction +to yours. Besides, I promised my dear friend Mrs. H. when on her +death-bed, that I would be a parent to her son; therefore, Sir, I beg +you will grant my request." Mr. Harrington consented, and deferred his +plan of sending George to a preparatory school; and he was admitted at +once into the house of Mrs. Wardour. + +Henry, who was about eight months older than his friend, looked upon +this arrangement with unusual joy. As he had no brother, George had +hitherto been his frequent play-fellow; and the knowledge that he was +now about to live in the same house, to eat, drink, sleep, and play +with him, gave him a pleasure which he had never before felt. + +Thus, from so early an association, their friendship became deeply +rooted; and as Mrs. Wardour was a lady well qualified for the task she +had imposed upon herself, the lads made considerable progress in their +education, and continued to do so until they were eleven or twelve +years of age, when their kind preceptress was attacked with a severe +sickness. In this state she had continued upwards of a month, when her +husband, seeing no immediate prospect of her recovery, and fearing the +lads might lose all the learning they had received while under her +care, prevailed upon her to let them be sent to school. To this she at +length consented; and the school of Dr. Harris having been strongly +recommended, they were put under the superintendence of that gentleman. + +Before leaving home, however, their parents gave them their parting +blessing; and Mr. Wardour, pressing them affectionately by the hand, +told them they were now about to begin a little world for themselves: +"therefore," said he, in an earnest and impressive manner, "may Heaven +bless and direct all your actions, so that you may grow up to be +honest, brave, and good men. And remember well what I now say: if ever +I hear that you are quarrelsome, you will displease me much; but if I +find that you are unjust in your dealings towards your school-fellows, +I shall punish you severely. Above all, be friends to one another." +With this advice, and a determination to attend to it, our little +friends bid their parents farewell. + +The dispositions of Henry and George were somewhat different, and yet +they continued to be sincere friends. Henry was mild, good-natured, +and patient. George was good-natured, but hasty and passionate; and +though Mrs. Wardour took great pains to impress upon his youthful +mind the danger he was continually in, from not being able to control +his temper, she never succeeded in teaching him that mildness so +much admired in her own son. But in every other respect he was truly +amiable; and if, in his passion, he was ever led into any serious +error, he never failed to beg pardon of those whom he had offended, and +always made every amends in his power. + +By this failing in George's temper, Henry was too frequently a +sufferer; for he was always obliged to give up whatever play-things +the other wished for, which he generally did with readiness and good +temper, although he was oldest of the two. But this was only the case +when they were very young; for, from the time that they had left home, +and had been put under the care of Dr. Harris, they were, if possible, +greater friends than ever; and George had so far succeeded in mastering +his temper, as seldom to be in a passion, and never with his friend +Henry. He still, however, possessed that nobleness and high spirit, +which mostly checked him in doing a wrong action, and always prompted +him to interfere in behalf of any of his school-fellows whom he thought +were unjustly treated; in which he was ably seconded by his friend +Henry. + +In personal appearance there was little similarity. Henry was weak, +pale, and delicate: George, strong, fresh-coloured, and vigorous. Many +a time had Mrs. Wardour watched over her weakly but truly beautiful +boy, with an anxious eye, fearing that she should never be able to rear +him to manhood. But since he had been with Dr. Harris, his health had +much improved. His face, which had before been pale, was now tanned +with the heat of the sun; and the fresh country air had given an +additional brightness to his fine dark eyes: while the healthy round +face, and plump appearance of George, seemed to improve in a like +degree. + +In short, these boys, by their politeness and good-nature, rather than +by their appearance, were beloved by all their school-fellows, except +a few of the malicious, envious dispositions, who only disliked them +because they sometimes resisted their impositions, and detected their +falsehoods. + +With their master's family they were also more intimate; and though Dr. +Harris never made any distinction, or showed any partiality to one boy +more than to another, yet it was not so with his two daughters, Juliana +and Eliza. They had their favourites; and though Henry and George were +nearly the last comers, and had not been more than three months in the +school, they had so won upon the young ladies, (who were nearly of the +same age as themselves,) by their cheerfulness, and polite attention in +gathering pretty flowers, cleaning their bird-cages, &c. as to be their +decided favourites. + +Mrs. Harris had also entertained a regard for Henry, from the moment +she first saw him, as he strongly resembled a late son of hers, who +was unfortunately drowned when about his age. + +And it was well for Henry that he possessed so many friends; for in +the difficulties he afterwards had to contend with, he stood in great +need of them; and as my little readers are now pretty well acquainted +with their characters, they shall hear in what those difficulties +consisted. But before entering upon the principal circumstances in this +little history, it will be necessary to acquaint my young friends with +a trifling affair that took place about a month or six weeks after the +arrival of Henry and George. By their interference upon this occasion, +they put an end to an evil, a species of _fagging_, which had been +practised unknown to the master; while they at the same time roused +the bad dispositions of some of the elder boys, as will be seen in the +sequel. + + + + +CHAP. II. + + +It had been a custom in Dr. Harris's school to admit an aged woman, +once a week, to call with cakes, lozenges, and other sweetmeats; and as +she was very poor, each lad was allowed, and indeed expected, to lay +out a penny with her. This they did very willingly, not merely because +she generally had a good assortment of those things which little boys +are fond of, but because she was cheerful, civil, and obliging; and +frequently took in good part, the tricks they so often played upon +her. She used also to bring her grand-daughter Emma with her, for +the purpose of taking the money, and carrying her basket, which was a +pleasing duty to this little girl, for she dearly loved her grandmother. + +This well-intended plan of compelling the boys to spend their money in +the school-room, though of benefit to Dame Higgins, (for that was her +name,) at length caused a violent irruption, by giving the elder boys +an opportunity of imposing upon the younger ones; when, if they had +been allowed to have spent their half-pence in the village, they might +have evaded the impost which was laid upon them. The old woman used to +arrive regularly every Wednesday and Saturday afternoons, which were +half-holidays; and Dr. Harris, fearing that if all were admitted at one +time, she might be confused, had ordered that they should proceed by +rotation, but only six at a time; consequently, the biggest boys always +entered first, and then waited at the other door till the rest came +out with their cakes, fruit, or sweetmeats. Now, so much power had the +elder boys, (particularly Brown, Greene, and Walker,) over the rest, +that they regularly exacted from them either a plum, a cake, a pear, or +something of what they had purchased. + +Soon after Henry and George had arrived at the school, and they were +passing through the door which led into the play-ground, with their +cakes, they were stopped, amongst the rest, and asked by Walker for a +bit of something; and as they saw most of the boys gave one thing or +other, and being themselves good-natured, they readily bestowed their +portion; and this was repeated for three or four weeks. + +About this time little Ned Hooper, a lad much liked by most of the +boys for his mirth and good humour, came up to George, with a tear in +his eye, and said, "Look here! see what these fellows have left me, +out of what I bought: they have taken above half," added he, showing +a few lozenges, "and all because I said they ought to be ashamed of +themselves for so doing." + +"Ashamed, indeed!" cried George, with indignation; "and are those all +they have left you?" + +"Yes; and they had as many from me last week, but I did not say any +thing about it," said Ned. + +"Why did you give them any this week, if they had so many from you the +week before?" asked Henry. + +"Because I am not strong enough to prevent them, or they should not +have one from me. But it is so with all us little boys. They take some +of our gingerbread or fruit from us every week." And he then walked +away crying. + +Some of the other boys who stood round, confirmed what little Ned had +said, and told George and Henry that they would be obliged to submit +to the same, as long as those _tyrants_ were in the school; for they +had taken from them ever since they had been there. They then went +and fetched little Ned, who had just finished the lozenges they had +left him, and then cheerfully joined in the play as though nothing had +happened. + +Not so our two young friends, who were much hurt to see their little +school-fellows imposed upon; and endeavoured to find out some plan by +which they might put an end to so shameful a practice. They at first +thought of offering them a certain quantity from amongst all the boys; +but afterwards determined upon stopping it altogether, by a combination +amongst their school-fellows. "For why," said George, in an animated +tone, "should one boy be allowed to act unjustly towards another, +merely because he is older or stronger? It is 'might overcoming right;' +and therefore I think we should be justified in resisting these +_tyrants_, as they are properly called, by every means in our power." + +They then joined the rest at play, having resolved to make them +acquainted with their determination before the next arrival of Dame +Higgins. + +This opportunity soon offered; for about four o'clock the same +afternoon, Greene, Walker, Brown, and those with whom they generally +associated, left the school to take a walk through the town. Henry +observed all the boys whom he had seen at the door, when they passed +with their cakes, leave the play-ground; and mentioned to his friend +George, that it would be a good time to ask their school-fellows +whether they would join in their resistance. Henry, therefore, +collected them together; and George informed them that he had a plan +to submit, how they might preserve their cakes from the _tyrants_; +which occasioned an expression of great joy among the little boys, who +thought they saw in their two new school-fellows, worthy and trusty +champions. + +"What is it?" "How shall we do it?" was asked by many an anxious and +eager boy, who had long wished to have some one whom they might look +up to as their leader. + +"Why, we were thinking," said George, "that it is a shameful thing for +so many of us to submit to be robbed by so small a number of boys, +merely because they are a little bigger than ourselves; and therefore +Henry and I have determined to refuse giving another cake or sweetmeat, +provided you will support us." + +"We will, we will," they cried. "And they shall soon find out they are +not to rob us when they please," cried little Ned. "But how do you +intend to do it," he asked, laying hold of George's hand. + +"Why to-morrow," said he, "Dame Higgins will be here again; and I have +no doubt but that the same demand will be made of us as heretofore; but +Henry and myself, with some others, will immediately follow them, and +when they make their request, we will refuse to comply, and hold them +at bay till the rest arrive, when we will boldly resist, and force our +way into the play-ground." + +To this plan their school-fellows readily assented, and promised not to +say a word about it, for fear they should make the _tyrants_ acquainted +with their intention. They then went to their sports, which were not +unfrequently interrupted in their progress by the consideration of +their forthcoming resistance. + +At length the important day arrived, which, as usual, brought Dame +Higgins to the school. The morning had passed in rather a confused +manner; and a constant buzzing and whispering was heard throughout +the little assembly. "I don't mind a thrashing," said little Ned, in +a whisper to George, "if I can preserve my cakes, and disappoint +those greedy fellows." He had no sooner uttered the words, than the +well-known voice of Dame Higgins was heard, and his determination was +put to the test; for the elder boys hastened, as usual, to her basket, +purchased what they wanted, and took their stations at the next door. +Henry, George, and Ned, accompanied by three of the most resolute +boys, immediately followed, and, as was agreed upon, refused to give a +single sweetmeat; they were therefore stopped in their passage through +the room, when they were happily joined by their comrades. They now +determined to force their way through, and had just made a grand rush, +when, to their surprise and mortification, Dr. Harris appeared before +them. They shrunk back with amazement: Greene and his companions +through shame, and Henry and his friends from fear. + +The Doctor seeing their confusion, called upon Greene, who was the +eldest boy, to explain the cause of it; but Greene was silent. "What +is the reason of this disturbance?" he again asked. "I insist upon +knowing. Some one tell me immediately." + +Henry, who was not at all desirous of informing Dr. Harris of the +affair, would now willingly have made his retreat, had not little Ned, +with some others, stepped forward at the time, which reminded him it +was their cause, and not his own, that he was to plead. The master +now mentioned his name, and demanded of him the cause of the riot. He +therefore plainly stated the case, and told every thing connected +with it; and when he had finished, many a little boy took courage to +tell his piteous tale, of what he had lost by the tyranny of the elder +scholars, and begged their master would prevent it in future. + +"As to the cakes," said little Ned, (taking off the hairy cap he used +to wear, and looking at Dr. Harris as seriously as his little merry +face would allow,) "as to the cakes, I'll be bound to say, there are as +many in their boxes as would fill a cake-shop." + +The boxes were immediately searched, and although not quite so many +were found as little Ned supposed, yet there were sufficient to +convince their master of the truth of the statement he had just heard. +He therefore gave them a severe punishment, in the presence of the +little boys whom they had been so long in the habit of ill-treating; +and distributed all the apples, sweetmeats, and other things which he +found, including about seven hundred marbles, to the joyous crowd, who +were congratulating each other upon their victory. + + + + +CHAP. III. + + +Henry and George now stood very high in the estimation of the great +majority of their school-fellows. They were caressed, honoured, and +looked upon as their first boys; while Greene and his friends were +treated with contempt and derision. They had no longer the power to +command and overawe the rest, with a blow or a black look. Their power +had ceased; but, unfortunately, the chastisement they had received, +instead of convincing them of their error, had only roused their evil +dispositions; and they now anxiously looked for an opportunity to +avenge the punishment they had received, through the interference of +Henry Wardour, against whom, in particular, they had an inveterate +spite. Nor did they long wish in vain; for, in a very short time, +another occurrence took place, of a far more serious nature, and which +had nearly thrown Henry into a severe illness. It was nothing less +than a suspicion of theft. His bed-fellow, whose name was Scott, when +he arose one morning, discovered that his box had been broken open, +and his purse, which had contained a new sovereign and two or three +shillings, had been emptied of its contents, and then replaced under +his Sunday clothes. Scott missed the money while looking for some +trifling article in his box; and having mentioned the thing, the boys +collected round him to hear his account of the matter. There were also +some boys who came out of another room up stairs, and among them Greene +and Walker, who, having heard what Scott had to say, at once declared, +that it was impossible for any one but the boy who slept in the same +room, to have stolen the money. + +George, who heard this direct charge against his friend Henry, +instantly fired up, and, in his passion, flew upon Greene, who had +made the charge, and struck him; when a scuffle ensued, the noise of +which brought out Dr. Harris, who, upon hearing an account of the loss +from Scott, told him that he was very likely to have mislaid the money +somewhere; and that he had no doubt but that, if he made search for +it, he would soon find it. George, with whom he was extremely angry +for his rashness in striking Greene, was immediately ordered into the +school-room, and punished by having a long lesson given him to learn. +Before he went, he turned round to Dr. Harris, and said that he was +sorry for having struck Greene; but he should have been ashamed of +himself, if he had stood quietly by, and heard his friend accused in +his absence, of so shameful a crime. "I am sure," he added, with his +usual vehemence, his face reddening, and his hand closely clenched, +"that Henry is not guilty; and Greene ought to be ashamed of himself, +for making such a charge against him." + +Greene, who stood behind the other boys wiping his face, which was a +little bruised by the blow he had received, then said, "that he should +not be surprised if Master George himself had had something to do in +it; for he seemed very much offended by what he had said." + +"You are a mean-spirited fellow," said George; "and----" + +"Silence! silence, boys!" cried Dr. Harris. "How dare you make such +accusations against each other! The money may have been mislaid, and +will, no doubt, be found. I desire that a strict search may be made: +until that is done, let me not hear another word about it. I never had +a thief in my school; and if I ever find a boy out in such practices, +he shall meet with the severest punishment I can inflict." + +Every eye was now anxiously looking out for Henry Wardour, who had +obtained leave of Mrs. Harris, to accompany her daughters, to gather +some flowers at the gardeners, and to go on another little errand or +two. For so much was Henry beloved by this good lady, that she had +made him her little messenger; and whenever she wanted to send any +thing into the town, he was sure to be the lad chosen so carry it. Dr. +Harris was made acquainted with his absence this morning, but wished +for his return, that he might question him as to this unpleasant affair. + +The business, however, which Henry had been sent upon, detained him +until after school had commenced; and, having hastened with his +breakfast, and brushed his clothes, he immediately entered the school, +when all eyes were directed towards him. Henry being a very bashful +lad, could not bear this unusual stare; and fearing, at the same time, +that Dr. Harris had been saying something about his long absence, he +blushed deeply, as he hung his hat upon the peg and took his seat. + +Walker, who sat at the further end of the same desk, seeing Henry +somewhat confused, cried out, loud enough for some of the boys to hear +him, "Look at him!" When George, who sat near, turned round, and said, +"Well, what do you see?" "Why, guilt in his face," added Greene. + +This conversation would probably have continued, had not Dr. Harris, +who had hitherto been engaged at his desk, suddenly arose from his +seat, and walked down the school; when, observing Henry in his place, +he, with a smile on his countenance, beckoned him to follow to his +desk, which Henry immediately obeyed, though with a trembling step. + +This was a moment of great interest. Every eye was attracted to the +top of the school; and a tear of joy stood in George's eye, as he saw +Dr. Harris affectionately take his friend by the hand, and whisper +something to him. It was at this moment too, that every boy in the +school took upon himself to translate the looks and actions of Henry +and his master. They observed every change in Henry's countenance, with +an anxiety equal to the love they bore him; for very few, if any of his +school-fellows, for a moment thought him guilty of the charge brought +against him by Greene; although four or five of them, whose jealousy +had been roused by the general respect in which Henry was held, and +who still remembered their own disgrace by his interference, readily +seconded the accusation, in the hope that, by so doing, they would +lessen the esteem which Mrs. Harris and her daughters appeared to have +for him. The _tyrants_, indeed, were noted as the enemies of Henry and +George; and this charge coming from, and being strenuously supported by +this party, led the rest of the boys to examine their probable motive. + +During this long interview with Dr. Harris, Henry was alternately +depressed and surprised. At one moment a tear would be seen to +start in his eye, and at another he seemed about to appeal to his +school-fellows, when he was soothed by the kindness of his master, who +told him to calm his fears, and return to his seat for the morning, +assuring him of his assistance to clear up the matter. + +As Henry walked down the school, with a dejected countenance, his eye +instinctively turned toward his friend George, who had been anxiously +observing him during the whole time his master had been conversing with +him. It seemed to George to say, "I am charged with a serious fault, +and I shall stand in need of all the help you can afford me;" and a +careless observer might, in a moment, have seen, by the friendly and +benignant smile upon George's face, that he would surely have it. + +During the whole of the morning's school-hours, Henry found it +impossible to attend to his lessons. His mind was so absorbed in the +approaching examination, which his master had told him should take +place directly after twelve o'clock, that his sums were all done wrong, +and his copies badly written. Nor was he the only boy in the school who +was in this state of mind. His friend George felt for him, and appeared +as anxious about it, as though he himself had been charged with the +theft. The last words of Mr. Wardour occurred to his thoughts: "Above +all, be friends to one another;" and the impressive manner in which it +was said, was still fresh upon his memory. "Be friends to one another!" +he exclaimed to himself: "ay, I will be _his_ friend, because I am sure +he is mine; and because I am sure, also, that he is innocent of this +suspected robbery." + +Little Ned too was restless all the morning, and longed for the time to +arrive, when Henry would once more be enabled to put the _tyrants_ to +the blush. His little merry heart was, for once, depressed; but he had +strong hopes that it would all end in the discomfiture of Greene and +his friends. + +Doctor Harris had as yet refrained from stating the circumstance to his +family; but as the hour was near at hand when he determined to have +a general search, he thought it best to make them acquainted with it, +though with little hopes of gaining any information from them. When +Mrs. Harris heard the tale, she treated it with indifference, and said +that she had no doubt but that the money would be forthcoming; for it +was her opinion, that some of the boys had taken it merely to tease +Scott, whom she stated to be rather too fond of hoarding. The daughters +thought the same, and were quite unhappy to think that their little +favourite should be suspected. Juliana, indeed, was about to hasten to +the school-room, in the hope of affording him some consolation, but was +requested by her papa to remain where she was. + +At length the school broke up; and, by the command of Dr. Harris, +search was made in every part, not merely amongst the boys, but also +amongst the servants; but, unfortunately, without finding the new +coin. The boys were now all assembled with the family, and Dr. Harris +commenced his examination, by asking Scott when he last saw his money. +"Last Sunday morning, Sir," he replied; "and Henry was with me at the +time." This Henry corroborated, by saying it was true, and that he saw +him put it in his purse again; when Greene stepped forward and said, +that he believed no person but Henry knew of Scott's possessing this +new coin; and that he, therefore, was the only person that could have +taken it. + +At this direct charge Henry stood for some time amazed; and then +bursting into a flood of tears, vehemently protested against the truth +of his assertion, and dared him to the proof; when Walker, who stood +close by Greene and Scott, said, "It is of no use for you to deny it, +Master Wardour, as I know those that can prove they saw you take the +money." Henry was for a moment speechless; when George said it was +false, and demanded, with more than common earnestness, that he would +bring forth his accusers, and let him meet them face to face. + +This request was repeated by the rest of the boys, who feared they +might have said something, in an unguarded moment, which Walker had +construed into an assertion of Henry's guilt. Dr. Harris also requested +Walker to name the person who saw him take the money; when he replied, +that he knew no more than what Greene had told him, who said he saw +Henry steal it. + +Mrs. Harris now stepped forward, and earnestly entreated Greene, in +common justice, if he had any proof that Henry took the money, or +knew any thing of it, that he would instantly make it appear. At this +Greene was a good deal confused; and after first of all acknowledging +that he had said so, he then as plainly said that he knew nothing +about it, but was _sure_ that nobody else could have taken the money. +Mrs. Harris, who was a sincere lover of justice, possessing too a +great deal of discrimination, inveighed in very strong terms against +charging a boy with theft, and casting aspersions upon his character, +without any foundation whatever. "He has now been a considerable time +in the school," she added, turning to her husband, "without ever having +created any suspicion of his honesty, or without doing the slightest +act upon which to ground such a charge. Besides, I have frequently +trusted him with money to fetch various articles for me, and he has +always acted with the strictest honesty; and," raising her voice, "I +will myself be bound for his innocence upon this occasion, for there is +not a more honest lad in the school; and it is my belief, that some of +those who throw out hints of suspicion against Master Wardour, are much +more likely, from their general character, to have robbed Scott than he +is." + +Greene now slunk behind the rest of the boys; and in consequence of +this tone being taken by this excellent lady, Walker apologized for +having accused Henry of so great a crime, and added, that he should +never again believe what Greene said. + +"You may go, Master Henry," said Dr. Harris, in the kindest manner +possible, "and I have no doubt that the thief will be found out; and +then those who have accused you will have cause to be ashamed of +themselves." + +George, little Ned, and a great number of his school-fellows, now +crowded round Henry, congratulating him upon his victory, as they +were all anxious to see him fairly acquitted of the charge. Eliza +and Juliana also joined the little throng, and, by their caresses, +endeavoured to rally him into his usual good spirits, which they +continued to do for some days after. As, however, no discovery was +made about the money, he felt himself very uneasy, and could not but +think that many of the boys looked upon him as a thief; especially +as insinuations were sometimes thrown out by the elder boys, which +made him very miserable; and those who had first accused him, would +frequently ask, in his hearing, "Who stole Scott's money?" + + + + +CHAP. IV. + + +A fortnight had now nearly elapsed, and the affair began, in some +measure, to wear off. Indeed, it was seldom mentioned, except by those +boys who appeared, from the commencement, so desirous of obtaining a +verdict against Henry. His school-fellows, generally, were anxious to +play with him, and endeavoured to rouse his spirits by every means in +their power. They never commenced a new game, but he was solicited +to join them; and they never went for a walk, but he was anxiously +requested to accompany them. All their endeavours however, were +fruitless: they could not make him what he was before this charge was +brought against him. He evidently had something preying upon his mind; +for instead of being one of the most lively boys in the school--one who +had hitherto shown a desire to join in any good-natured frolic--he was +now become quite serious, and even melancholy. In vain did his friend +George use every exertion: he who before could have persuaded him to +any thing, and to whose advice he had always paid a great regard, now +entreated him, in vain, to cheer his drooping spirits. Mrs. Harris, +with her two daughters, also endeavoured to laugh him out of what they +called his sulky mood; but he replied, that he could not help it; that +he should never again be happy till it was discovered who it was +that stole Scott's money; and that its being lost while he was his +bed-fellow, certainly threw a suspicion upon him that he could not get +over, and to labour under which made him truly miserable. + +Dr. Harris felt a great deal of uneasiness about the matter, not merely +because he saw Henry labouring under so serious a charge, but that an +affair of such a nature should remain so long undetected, and that +he should hitherto have been foiled in his attempts to clear up the +mystery. In this state he continued, when, one morning, after he had +returned from his usual early walk, and was crossing the lawn that +led from the school to the parsonage-house, he observed a poor woman, +rather shabbily dressed, looking in at the school-room window. Not +appearing to find the object of her search, she was turning towards +the house, when she encountered the person of the Doctor. + +"Who are you looking for, good woman?" asked he. + +"I--I want," apparently somewhat disturbed by meeting the master, "I +want to see one of the little boys, Sir," she said, curtsying very low. + +"What little boy do you want? and what do you want him for?" + +"I don't know his name, Sir; but he wears a short blue jacket and +nankeen trowsers, and a white hat, Sir. He has black hair, and he is a +very handsome boy, Sir." + +"Is his name Henry," said Dr. Harris. + +"I think that was the name the other lad called him by, Sir; for there +was another fresh-coloured little gentleman came to the cottage with +him." + +"What did they come to your cottage about, my good woman?" + +"Oh, Sir, I and my poor dear sick husband ought to be very thankful for +the help they gave us. And I now want to see them, to thank them for +their goodness, and to tell them that my husband will, by God's mercy, +be able to go to work very soon. That's all I wanted, Sir," she said, +again curtsying, though with some degree of alarm; for she feared that +her peeping about for the boys might have offended Dr. Harris. + +"What did they do for your sick husband then?" asked Dr. Harris. "I do +not think they had the power of rendering you much assistance." + +"Oh yes, Sir, they had," she replied: "Master Henry gave us, +altogether, sixteen shillings. And I am sure, that if he had not +helped us, we should all have been starved. But the Lord is always very +good, and sends something to those who are in want." + +At this recital Dr. Harris felt amazed; and the circumstance of Scott's +money being lost, immediately recurred to his memory. "It must be so," +he said to himself: "these boys, anxious to do a service to this poor +family, have taken Scott's money from his box, where I suppose they +thought it was lying useless, and appropriated it to relieving their +wants.--Step in doors, my good woman," he said, as he hastened across +the lawn: "step in: I wish to ask you a few questions." + +Martha Watson, (for that was the name of this poor woman) now repented +having come to the school at all, as she feared, from the anxiety in +Dr. Harris's face, that the boys might get scolded for coming to the +cottage without leave of their master; and she followed him to the +house with a faltering step. + +The servant having opened the door, Dr. Harris led the way into a +little room, which was his study, and desired Martha Watson to enter, +when he closed the door, and they both sat down. "Where do you live, +pray?" asked the Doctor. + +"In one of those poor cottages, Sir, in the lane that leads on to the +common." + +"You say these boys gave you sixteen shillings: I wish you would tell +me what it was that first induced them to come to your cottage, and +every thing you know about them." + +Martha Watson now felt very uneasy, and anxiously asked whether they +had done any thing wrong, which she the more feared, as she had not +seen them for some time past. Dr. Harris begged of her to answer his +question, and assured her that there was no cause for her alarm. + +She then related to him the following circumstance: "About a month ago, +Sir, as my little son Jack, who is about six years old, was coming from +Farmer Miles's, with a pitcher full of milk, and making all the haste +he could to get home with it for his daddy's supper, these two young +gentlemen were hastening off the common, and in their hurry to turn the +corner of the lane, they did not see little Jack, but ran against him. +So, Sir, they ran so violently, that they knocked him down, spilled the +milk, broke the pitcher into a hundred pieces, and cut poor Jack's arm, +which bled very much indeed." + +"They did not do him a very serious injury, I hope," said the Doctor. + +"No, Sir; only cut his arm a little. Finding, however, that Jack was +afraid to go home alone, they came with him to our cottage, when they +told me the whole affair, and said how sorry they were they had spilt +the milk and broke the pitcher; and did all they could to pacify little +Jack. When they found how poor we were, and saw my dear husband sick in +bed, they asked me many questions: how long he had been ill, what money +we had, and many others; and when I told them that he had kept his bed +for five weeks, and was not then able to get up; and that we had no +money, but the little I and my eldest girl could earn in the fields, +they talked together a little while, and the young gentleman in the +white hat said, that he would see me again in about an hour, and pay +me for the pitcher and the milk, and give me something for my husband." + + [Illustration: Henry & George visiting the poor Cottager. + + _See page 56_] + +"Did they return then in about an hour?" said Dr. Harris. + +"No, Sir; they did not call again till next morning, when they asked me +whether my poor husband was better, and how Jack's arm was. One of them +pulled out of his pocket a guinea, and----" + +"A guinea!" exclaimed Dr. Harris, interrupting the woman: "are you +positive it was a guinea?" + +"I am sure it was a golden coin, Sir; because they asked me to change +it. But that was impossible, for I had no money at all in the house." + +"Well, my good woman, and what did they do then?" asked Dr. Harris, +evidently much agitated. + +"Why, Sir, finding I had no money, they went into the town and got the +golden coin changed, and gave me ten shillings of it. In a few days, +Sir, they came again, and gave me six more shillings." + +"Did they ever call after that time?" + +"Once, Sir, which was about ten days ago; and as I have not seen them +since, I made free to call here this morning; because I am sure they +would be glad to hear that my poor dear husband was getting better, +and would soon be able to work. If the young gentlemen had not been so +kind to us, I don't know what we should have done. I am afraid my poor +husband must have died for want of proper things. But the Lord will +reward them for their kindness; and I am sure they are good boys." + +Dr. Harris congratulated the cottager upon the restoration of her +husband to health, and said that Mrs. Harris should visit her family; +and that he would also tell Henry and George that she had called to +thank them; but that it was not convenient for her to see them just +then. Having again asked her where she resided, he bade her good +morning, and she immediately returned home. + +When Martha Watson had gone, Dr. Harris joined his family at the +breakfast-table, and related the whole of the affair to them, adding +his conviction of Henry's guilt, and that he was sorry to find he had +been so deceived by him. George too, he said, was equally guilty; for +he had been a party in giving away the stolen property. "I shall write +to their parents this evening," he added; "for I am at a loss to know +how to punish such duplicity and wickedness." + +Mrs. Harris and her daughters, although staggered by the statement +which the Doctor had made to them, suggested the propriety of calling +in Henry and George. "For," said Mrs. Andrews, "although it looks very +suspicious, I never can believe them guilty until it is plainly proved." + +"I think this is sufficient proof," he said, rather angrily; for he +felt vexed to think of the trouble this affair would give to their +parents. + +"True; so it is, my dear," answered his wife, "if not contradicted; but +I hope that they will be able to give such an explanation as will be +satisfactory to us all." + +"And that I am sure they will," said Eliza, rising from her chair; "and +pray, papa, let me call them in." + +The servant at this moment entered the room to take away the +breakfast-things, when Dr. Harris desired her to send in Master Wardour +and Master Harrington. + +The boys had but just taken their seats in the school-room, when the +servant summoned them into the parlour. Henry, who still continued in +the same desponding mood, felt gratified by hearing that he was wanted +there; but it was only a momentary pleasure. He at first thought he +might be wanted to accompany Eliza and Juliana to the garden, or be +commissioned by Mrs. Harris to go into the town for her; but when he +found that George was also wanted, and that they were to go together, +he felt convinced of some fresh trouble; for he was not the same +cheerful boy he used to be. Fear seemed to have taken possession of +his whole frame; when George, thinking he observed a tear starting in +his eye, grasped his hand with the warmth of sincere friendship, and +cheered him up by saying, "Now for it, Henry: it is all settled, and we +are wanted to hear the good news;" and they went, hand in hand, into +the parlour. + +After making their obedience, they walked up to the table; and Dr. +Harris, with a look somewhat more stern than usual, said, "Henry, do +you know a woman named Martha Watson, who lives near the common?" + +"Yes, Sir," said George, "I know her: a very poor woman." + +"I asked Henry," said Dr. Harris; "and I expect that he will answer me." + +But poor Henry, from some cause or other, was, at the moment, unable +to reply. George, therefore, seeing his friend at a loss, immediately +gave the answer; and Henry, recovering his self-possession, now gave +a direct answer to every question that the worthy master put to him, +and proceeded to explain how they became possessed of so much money. +"George and I," he said, "were one day walking through the town, when +we met a gentleman on horseback, who had lately seen our parents in +London. He told us that he was going to call upon us at the school; but +as he had met us, that would do as well. He then gave us a new coin, +which is called a sovereign; and after staying with us about a quarter +of an hour, he shook hands with us, and rode off." + +"And the same evening," added George, "we had the misfortune to run +over little Jack Watson, and break his pitcher. We then thought it our +duty to see him safe home, and to pay for the pitcher and milk. When +we got to the cottage, we saw the poor man stretched on a wretched +straw mattress, where he said he had been above a month; and the tear +rolled down his cheek when he looked round the room, and saw five +little children, who were all anxiously waiting for the milk which we +had been so unfortunate as to knock out of little Jack's hand. Indeed, +Sir," George continued, "we never before saw so much wretchedness; and +Henry said, that as we had plenty to eat and drink, and pocket-money +besides, we might as well get the new coin changed, and give them some +of it, saying, he wished we had more. I agreed to give nearly all my +share; and the next morning we went to the cottage, and gave most of +the money to the poor people." + +"But why did you not tell me or Mrs. Harris of this distressed +cottager, and also that you had had so much money given to you, Henry?" + +"Because, Sir, you had given strict orders that no boy should enter a +place of sickness, for fear of bringing away a fever. We should not +have gone there; but we had hurt poor Jack, and he was afraid to go +home, after having lost all the milk. He said his mother would not +believe him, if he told her that some one had broken the pitcher." + +The plain and unassuming manner in which the boys told their tale, +threw an unusual cheerfulness round the whole family. Dr. Harris felt +himself satisfied with the account which they had given; while Mrs. +Harris and her daughters were overjoyed to find that the boys could +give an explanation so very creditable to their feelings. "It is not," +said the lady, when the boys had left the room, "because my belief in +their ability to give an explanation is confirmed, that I feel this +satisfaction; but that they should have shown themselves so susceptible +of the finest feelings of our nature. That they should have pitied and +relieved the wants of their suffering fellow-creatures; and that, too, +without ostentation or parade, convinces me, at once, that neither of +them would be guilty of the charge made against Henry. And I sincerely +wish that some light may be speedily thrown upon this unpleasant and +mysterious affair, or I shall have great cause to fear the consequences +with regard to his health." + +Dr. Harris then left the table for the school-room, heartily concurring +in every word that his amiable lady had uttered. Upon entering, he +found the boys in deep consultation; for, immediately upon the return +of Edward and George, they were questioned by their school-fellows as +to the result of so long an interview. George, who would, from modesty, +have readily refrained from stating a circumstance so creditable +to himself, as well as to his friend, had he not feared a wrong +construction would have been put upon his silence, immediately related +the whole of what had passed in the parlour. The majority of the boys +felt a little disappointed that nothing more conclusive had transpired; +not perceiving, that boys who were capable of giving away their money +in the manner that Henry and George had done, were unlikely to rob +another of the little he possessed. + +Greene and a few others, however, with a malignity that spoke an +interested motive, did not fail to turn this statement into ridicule. +Greene in particular, who had displayed great anxiety and uneasiness +during the absence of Henry and George, at the conclusion of the tale +which the boys had requested George to relate, burst into loud and +excessive laughter, and exclaimed, "This is one of the finest tales I +ever heard. Is it likely, in the first place, that any gentleman would +give them a sovereign? Did any of you ever receive so much at one +time; and that, too, from a poor traveller? And is it likely that, if +they had had it given to them, as they wish us to believe, that they +would have parted with it in the manner they say they have? It is all +a made-up story. I don't know where Scott's money is; but I think, if +it has been given to the poor cottagers, he ought to have the credit of +it." + +Several of the boys then joined him in the loud laugh with which he +concluded this base insinuation. Poor Henry was again driven back into +his low-spiritedness, and gave, first a look of contempt at Greene, +and then cast his eyes upon George, as his only refuge and support +against this fresh and unexpected attack. It is difficult to say how +Greene would have fared, had not Dr. Harris at this moment entered +the school; for George was never more indignant, nor never felt a +greater inclination to tell Greene what he thought of his cowardly +conduct, than he did at this moment. Little Ned, however, did not fail +to whisper in his ear as he passed, that which was at all times an +unwelcome sound: "Who stole the cakes?" said he, loud enough for the +rest of the boys to hear. Greene looked vexed, and went to his seat. + +Some time passed away, and nothing transpired to clear up this +mysterious affair; while the few enemies that Henry had in the school +appeared to increase, from the construction which Greene and some +others had put upon George's explanation concerning the money. Henry, +unable to bear up against the stigma, not only grew melancholy, but +began to lose his appetite, and looked very thin and ill. Mrs. Harris +really felt somewhat alarmed, and said every thing she could to comfort +him; but, alas! it was all in vain. Scott also, to do him justice, did +every thing in his power to relieve him, but without avail; and Henry +began to think he should fall a victim to a false accusation, for he +had no sleep by night, nor ease by day. + +Dr. Harris now proposed to send for his father, which he did; and +he arrived in a few days. Dr. H. made him acquainted with the whole +affair, from first to last; and Henry was sent for into the parlour. +His father was shocked at his appearing in such ill health, and +the agony of his feelings was intense at the cause of his illness. +He entreated him, by the love he bore towards him and his mother, +to confess the truth. "If, my dear boy," he said, "you have, in an +unguarded moment, been led into an error, the only reparation is openly +to confess it. In that case I will pay the boy the money, and you shall +receive my forgiveness." + +Henry assured him that he knew nothing at all of the money--that it +made him very unhappy indeed--that he had had no sleep for the last +three or four nights--and that he had lost his appetite; when, throwing +his arms round his father's neck, he burst into an agony of tears, and +could only exclaim, "I am innocent! I am innocent!" + +Mrs. Harris having pacified Henry, said that it would perhaps be best +for Mr. Wardour to take him home for a short time; but to this Henry +himself objected, as he knew very well that there were boys who would +turn that to his disadvantage. His father, therefore, procured him +some medicine, to calm his spirits and allay the slight fever which he +appeared to have; and then went to transact some business at a short +distance from the village, promising to see him again in a few days, +and determining, in his own mind, to take Henry home with him, should +nothing transpire in the mean time to free him from this accusation. + + + + +CHAP. V. + + +The time had now arrived when Henry was to be freed from his troubles, +and to obtain a satisfactory victory over malignity and base design. +On the evening after his father had taken leave of him, and when he, +in company with his friend George, was sitting at his bed-room window, +admiring the beauties of the setting sun, and enjoying the calmness of +the surrounding scenery, an unusual noise was heard upon the stairs. +Henry instantly rose from his seat and opened the door, when in rushed +little Ned, breathless, and almost speechless. He had his hairy cap in +his hand, and had contrived to run one of his legs through his long +pin-afore, as he made his way up the stairs. His face was far more red +than usual, and full of anxiety. + + [Illustration:--its all found out!--the thief is found out. + + _page 75._] + +"What is the matter, Ned?" said Henry as he entered: "you seem in a +hurry." + +"In a hurry!" Ned replied, gasping for breath: "in a hurry! Why, it's +all found out!" said he, waving his cap over his head. + +"What is found out?" asked George, laughing heartily at Ned's grotesque +appearance. "Look at your leg through your pin-afore." + +"Never mind," said he: "Kitty will mend that. But it is all found out! +the _thief_ is found out." As he uttered these words, he seized Henry +by the hand, who, with George and himself, hastened down stairs, Ned +repeating all the way, "It's all found out! _I_ have found him out!" +He dragged them both into the school-room, where most of the boys were +assembled. Dr. Harris, who was disturbed by the noise, also followed; +and, upon his entering, Ned called out, with a loud voice, "I charge +you, Charles Greene, with stealing Scott's money, and will prove it!" + +Greene started, as though he had seen something unnatural. "I,--I," was +all he could articulate, and he turned as white as possible. + +"Yes," says Ned, "I have just been into Dame Birch's, the pie-woman, +who said that you had then been to pay the money you owed her, and that +she was very glad she had got clear of you." + +He then related to Dr. Harris, the conversation he had had with the +pie-woman about ten minutes before. "As I was walking to the shop, +Sir," he said, "I saw Greene take his leave, when he was busily +thrusting something into his pockets, I went into the shop, and Mrs. +Birch told me that Greene had just paid her the remainder of his debt. +I asked what debt it was; and she told me that it had been owing a long +time: that, about a month ago, he went there and changed a sovereign, +and paid her eight shillings out of fourteen he owed her; and that he +wished the whole of the sovereign had belonged to himself, but it did +not; for one of the other boys was to have half, as he had been with +him when he had found it." + +Greene, who had by this time in some measure recovered from his first +shock, here interrupted Ned by saying, "I never told her so: I said +my father gave it to me, which he did. He told me that my uncle from +London had called and left it for me." + +Ned declared he had told Dr. Harris the truth, and every word that Dame +Birch had said, except that she added, "I believe I should never have +got the money, if I had not threatened to go to his master." + +Dame Birch was now sent for, and confirmed what little Ned had stated; +and in answer to a question from Dr. Harris, why she allowed the boys +to get so much in debt? said, that she could not help it with Greene, +for he would have what he chose; but that it was not all for cakes: +part of it was payment for two squares of glass, which he broke when +fighting, one day, with another boy. + +During the interview, Henry and George, and one or two of their +school-fellows, hastened to Mr. Greene's house, (for he fortunately +lived at a short distance from the village,) to have his son's account +either confirmed or denied. On their reaching the door, they knocked +with great authority; and upon the servant's opening it, they demanded +to see his master immediately, as they had some very important business +with him. The servant informed Mr. Greene of their visit, and he came +out of the parlour and demanded what business they could have with him; +when George said, "Sir, we have taken the liberty to call upon you, to +know whether you gave your son Charles a sovereign about a month ago. + +"Gave him what?" said the old gentleman: "gave him a sovereign! Not I, +indeed: I hope I know better what to do with my money. His mother might +have given him six-pence or so; but we should never think of giving him +any thing like a sovereign." + +He then returned into the parlour, and they heard him ask Mrs. Greene, +if she knew of Charles's having a sovereign about a month ago, when she +answered, "No, my dear." + +This was quite satisfactory to Henry and his friends; and without +waiting any further ceremony, they started off for the school. + +In the mean time Greene, having ascertained that they were gone to his +father's to make enquiry, had confessed that it was he who had stolen +the money out of Scott's box; and when they returned, he was surrounded +by all the boys, who were upbraiding and taunting him with his villany. +His own friends too were against him; and, from shame and agitation of +mind, he looked most wretchedly. + +It is impossible to describe the scene which now took place in the +school-room. Henry, whose mind was relieved from the depression +occasioned by this disgraceful charge, was caressed and congratulated +by every boy in the school. Mrs. Harris kissed him affectionately, +and said she felt confident of his innocence from the first, and had +never despaired of its being made evident. Juliana and Eliza were also +amongst the first to bestow their approbation upon his conduct. George +and little Ned were delighted beyond measure to see their friend once +more made happy, and hoped soon to have him as the chief in their +youthful sports. + +But it was far different with Greene, who now felt all the wretchedness +of one convicted of theft, and detected in basely attaching the +disgraceful charge to an innocent and praiseworthy lad. He had taken +his seat at the extremity of the school-room, and was hiding his face +in his hands; and though a boy of wonderful spirits and strong nerve, +was now bathed in tears, and sobbing aloud. Dr. Harris, who had been +giving him a very severe lecture, still stood over him, impressing upon +him the necessity of retiring into his room, to seek from God that +forgiveness in prayer and repentance, which, he too much feared, would +not be easily obtained from his offended and disgusted school-fellows. +He now, therefore, arose, and made his way towards the door, in doing +which he had again to encounter the execrations and pointed fingers of +the boys, who cried, as he passed them, "Go, thou thief!" and followed +him until they saw him enter the house. + +Henry, however, was the only lad who did not upbraid him; for, though +Greene had behaved in so disgraceful a manner towards him, he could not +but feel distressed to see him appear almost brokenhearted. He still +remembered, in the midst of his joy, that but a few hours had elapsed +since he felt all the wretchedness of one _supposed_ to be guilty of +theft. "What then," he said to himself, "must be the feelings of +him who stands _convicted_ of the crime, and therefore has not the +consciousness of innocence to support him? I cannot find in my heart to +upbraid him," he said, as he took George and Ned by the hand and led +them across the lawn. + +They continued their walk until bed-time, when they returned, and Henry +again experienced the sweets of a good night's rest, the sure reward of +integrity. + + [Illustration: "What shall I do?" "I will leave the School" + + _page 85_] + +Greene, on the contrary, was now distressed beyond measure: his night +was restless and unrefreshing; and as the time was fast approaching +when he must again face his master and his school-fellows, remorse and +dread had taken possession of his mind, and he felt as if he had not +strength to dress himself. "What shall I do?" he exclaimed, as he +again threw himself across the bed: "I cannot enter the school-room, +nor face my school-fellows; for I know they must despise me. I, who +have hitherto taken the lead in the school, and have done as I chose +with the boys, am now to be pointed at and spurned by the least in +the place. I will leave the school directly," he added, rising from +the bed, and making another attempt to dress: "I will leave the +school directly, and hasten to my uncle's in London." With this rash +determination he concluded, when, taking up his jacket, he discovered, +upon the back of it, that which had before escaped his notice, the +words "THIEF" and "LIAR," in large characters. This fresh assault +cut him to the heart. He dropped the coat, and fell upon his knees +at the foot of the bed, praying aloud to his Maker for forgiveness, +and promising never to offend in the like manner again. He concluded +by exclaiming, in great agitation: "Where shall I find a friend to +plead for me? and to whom, among my school-fellows, can I now look for +support?" + +"To me! to me!" cried Henry, who was passing his chamber at the time, +and whose kind heart overflowed with pity at the distressed bewailings +of this repentant boy. "I will be your friend, and seek forgiveness +from your school-fellows. Though you have grossly injured me, I cannot, +must not bear malice. Dr. Harris tells us we should forget and forgive." + +"And do _you_ forgive me, Henry?" he exclaimed: "can you forgive one +who has acted so basely towards you?" + +"I can and do," he answered, "and will beg of Dr. Harris to forgive you +also." He then seized him by the hand, and, half undressed as he was, +with his coat under his arm, and his eyes swollen with crying, he drew +him to the school-room, where Dr. Harris had just taken his seat. As +he made his way towards the desk, the boys were greatly surprised, and +wondered when they heard Henry ask Dr. Harris to forgive him. "I found +him, Sir," continued Henry, "upon his knees, asking forgiveness of the +Almighty, and making promises of future amendment. I therefore, as far +as I am concerned, heartily forgive him, and I hope, Sir, you will do +the same." + +Dr. Harris then addressed Greene in his most impressive manner, +telling him that he was glad to find he was made sensible of his +error; and was also happy to see him so full of contrition: adding, +"that, as it is the sincere wish of Henry, to whom you ought to be +for ever grateful, I am willing to think no more of this matter. But +it is not to me, so much as to your school-fellows, you need look for +forgiveness; and to them you ought to apply, as being the parties +offended." + +Henry then took him down the school, and by his earnest entreaties and +pathetic address, obtained his pardon. + +Greene now retired, and in a short time returned to his lessons, +somewhat happier than when he arose, but still depressed by shame. + +The next day Mr. Wardour returned, and had the felicity to find his son +restored to health and happiness. When he heard of his acquittal, and +of his noble conduct in obtaining pardon for Greene, he pressed him +to his bosom, and almost shed tears of joy. He then exhorted him to be +always grateful for this providential discovery of his innocence, and +to let all the future actions of his life be governed by the same noble +principles as he had followed upon this trying occasion. After making +a present to George and little Ned, for their friendly conduct towards +his son, he obtained a holiday for the whole school, and took his leave. + +Mr. Greene, upon hearing of his son's conduct, would have severely +punished him, had not Dr. Harris assured him of his contrition, and +begged of him to inflict no further chastisement than he had already +received from his little school-follows. He therefore contented himself +with making Scott a handsome present. + +Mrs. Harris and her daughters had been lately busy in relieving the +family of poor Martha Watson, whom the late circumstances had brought +under their notice. The husband, by this good lady's well-timed +attendance, had now recovered his health, and had gone to work, while +the children were clothed and made decent in their appearance; and +their mother never failed to bless the names of Henry and George, and +to thank that Providence which had directed them to her cottage. + +Greene still continued in a gloomy state, when he was happily relieved +from it by his uncle prevailing upon his father to let him go a voyage +to the East Indies with him; and, in less than a month, he departed +from that place, which had now become irksome to him; but not without +first being well convinced, that "_honesty is the best policy_." + +Henry and George still continued to be beloved by their school-fellows; +and each remained happy in the possession of a good conscience. + + +THE END. + + +Harvey, Darton, and Co. Printers, Gracechurch-Street. + + + + + CHILDREN'S BOOKS, + + PUBLISHED BY + + _HARVEY AND DARTON_, + + GRACECHURCH-STREET, + + _LONDON_. + + + DOMESTIC PLEASURES; or, the Happy Fire-side. Illustrated by + interesting conversations. By _F.B. Vaux._ Price 4s. 6d. boards. + + IMITATION. By _Maria Benson_. Author of "Thoughts on Education, + System and no System." Price 2s. 6d. half bound. + + The CONVERSATIONS of EMILY. Abridged from the French. 18mo. Price + 3s. 6d. half bound. + + DIALOGUES on curious Subjects in Natural History, 18mo. Price 2s. + half bound. + + The HISTORY of a TAME ROBIN. Supposed to be written by himself. + Price 2s. 6d. half bound. + + The HISTORY of MUNGO, the little Traveller. By _Mary Mister_. Price + 1s. 6d. + + The ADVENTURES of a DOLL. By the Author of "Mungo, &c." Price 2s. + 6d. half bound. + + TALES from the MOUNTAINS. By the Author of "Mungo, &c." Price 2s. + 6d. + + GUSTAVUS; or, the Macaw. A Story to teach Children the proper value + of Things. Price 2s. 6d. half bound. + + The ORACLE; or, the Friend of Youth. By the Author of "A Cup of + Sweets." Price 2s. half bound. + + MAY-DAY; or, Anecdotes of Lydia Lively. Price 2s. + + BUDS of GENIUS; or, some Account of the early Lives of celebrated + Characters who were remarkable in their Childhood. Price 2s. half + bound. + + The Principal Events in the LIFE of MOSES, and in the Journey of + the Israelites from Egypt to Canaan. By _Henry Lacey_. Illustrated + by fifteen Engravings. Price 3s. neatly half bound, roan backs. + + SCRIPTURAL STORIES, for very Young Children. By the Author of "The + Decoy." Price 1s. + + The HISTORY of LITTLE DAVY's NEW HAT. By _Robert Bloomfield_. + Author of the "Farmer's Boy," "Rural Tales, &c." With Plates. Price + 2s. half bound. + + The LITTLE VISITORS. In Words composed of One and Two Syllables. + Price 1s. 6d. half bound. + + STORIES of ANIMALS, intended for Children between five and seven + years old. By _Maria Hack_. 16mo. With Copper-plates. Price 2s. 6d. + half bound. + + WINTER EVENINGS; or Tales of Travellers. By _Maria Hack_, 4 vols. + 18mo. Price 10s. half bound. + + HARRY BEAUFOY; or, the Pupil of Nature. By _Maria Hack_. 18mo. 2s. + 6d. half bound. + + The WINTER VACATION; or, Holidays in the Country. Price 1s. 6d. + half bound. + + The SUMMER VACATION. Price 1s. 6d. half bound. + + The INFANT MINSTREL; or, Poetry for Young Minds. Price 1s. 6d. half + bound. + + The DEW-DROP; or, Summer Morning's Walk. By _F.B. Vaux_. With + Plates. Price 1s. + + LITTLE ANECDOTES for Little People. By _Mary Mister_. Price 1s. + + EASY LESSONS for INFANTS; and short Stories, written from Facts. + With coloured cuts. Price 1s. 6d. + + VERSES for Little Children. Written by a young Lady, for the + Amusement of her junior Brothers and sisters. With Copper-plates. + Price 6d. + + STORIES for Children. By _S. Hayes_. With Copper-plates. Price 6d. + + A NEW-YEAR'S GIFT for a young Cottager. With a Frontispiece. Price + 6d. + + The STORY of ELLEN and MARY; or, the Advantage of Humility. With + Copper-plates. Price 1s. + + + + +Transcriber's Note: + +Some punctuation has been silently altered. + +The following words have been changed. + + dètermined is now determined + Goerge is now George + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Friends, by Unknown + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FRIENDS *** + +***** This file should be named 44178-8.txt or 44178-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/4/4/1/7/44178/ + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Sue Fleming and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This +file was produced from images generously made available +by The Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/44178-8.zip b/old/44178-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..994e6b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178-8.zip diff --git a/old/44178-h.zip b/old/44178-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..09af7a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178-h.zip diff --git a/old/44178-h/44178-h.htm b/old/44178-h/44178-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..414e0d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178-h/44178-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2039 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Friends; or, The Triumph of Innocence Over False Charges by Anonymous. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + +body { + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + h1,h2 { + text-align: center; + clear: both;} + +p {margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + text-indent: 1.5em; + margin-bottom: .75em;} + +hr.chap {width: 65%} + +hr.r5 {width: 5%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +hr.r15 {width: 15%; margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: 0em;} + +table { + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto;} + +table {border-collapse: collapse;} + +table.toc { + margin: auto; + width:auto; + max-width: 40em;} + +table.loi { + margin: auto; + width:auto; + max-width: 40em;} + +td.cht { + text-align: left; + vertical-align: top; + padding-left: 1em; + text-indent: -1em;} + +td.spa { + padding-right: 12em;} + +td.pag { + text-align: right; + vertical-align: bottom; + padding-left: 2em;} + +.caption {font-weight: bold; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; + margin: 0.25em 0;} + +.center {text-align: center; + text-indent: 0em;} + +.figcenter { + margin: auto; + text-align: center;} + +.indent {text-indent: 2em;} + +.no-indent {text-indent: 0em;} + +.pagenum { + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right;} + +.plabel{text-align: center; + font-size: large; + font-weight: bold; + text-indent: 0em; + line-height: 1.4;} + +.poetry-container { + text-align: center;} + +.poetry { + text-align: left; + display:inline-block;} + +.poetry .verse { + text-indent: -3em; + padding-left: 3em;} + +.poetry .stanza { + margin: 1em auto;} + +.poetry .indent2 { + text-indent: -2em;} + +.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + +.space-above{ + margin-top: 3em;} + +.space-below{ + margin-bottom: 3em;} + +.u {text-decoration: underline;} + +.transnote {background-color: #CDCDCD; + color: black; + border: solid 2px; + font-size:smaller; + padding:0.5em; + margin-bottom:5em; + font-family:sans-serif, serif;} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Friends, by Unknown + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license + + +Title: The Friends + or, The Triumph of Innocence over False Charges + +Author: Unknown + +Release Date: November 14, 2013 [EBook #44178] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FRIENDS *** + + + + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Sue Fleming and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This +file was produced from images generously made available +by The Internet Archive) + + + + + + +</pre> + + + +<div class="figcenter" id="cover"> +<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="440" height="600" alt="" /></div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + +<h2>TABLE OF CONTENTS</h2> + +<table class="toc" summary="Contents"> +<tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">Chapter I</a></td> + <td class="spa"> </td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_4">4</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#CHAP_II">Chap. II</a></td> + <td class="spa"> </td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#CHAP_III">Chap. III</a></td> + <td class="spa"> </td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_30">30</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#CHAP_IV">Chap. IV</a></td> + <td class="spa"> </td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_48">48</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#CHAP_V">Chap. V</a></td> + <td class="spa"> </td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#Page_74">74</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + + +<h2>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2> + +<table class="loi" summary="loi"> +<tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#illo1">--'may Heaven bless & direct you'!</a></td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#illo1">3</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#illo58">Henry & George visiting the poor Cottager</a></td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#illo58">56</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#illo79">--its all found out!--the thief is found out.</a></td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#illo79">75</a></td> +</tr><tr> + <td class="cht"><a href="#illo91">'What shall I do? I will leave the School'</a></td> + <td class="pag"><a href="#illo91">91</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +<hr class="chap" /> + +<div class="figcenter" id="illo1"> +<img src="images/i_001.jpg" width="330" height="400" alt="" /> +<div class="caption"> + +<i>page 11.</i><br /> + +—"may Heaven bless & direct you"!<br /><br /> + +<i>London, Published by Harvey & Darton, 56 Gracechurch Street,<br /> +10<sup>th</sup> Dec. 1822.</i></div></div> + +<hr class="r15" /> + + + + +<h1>THE FRIENDS;</h1> + +<p class="center no-indent"><small>OR,</small><br /> +<br /> +<big><b>THE TRIUMPH OF INNOCENCE</b></big><br /> +<br /> +<small>OVER</small><br /> +<br /> +<i><b>FALSE CHARGES</b></i>.<br /> +<br /></p> +<hr class="r15" /> +<p class="center plabel"><big>A Tale</big>,</p> +<p class="center no-indent">FOUNDED ON FACTS.</p> +<hr class="r15" /> + +<p class="center space-above space-below">"TIME AT LAST SETS ALL THINGS EVEN."<br /></p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/i_004.jpg" width="111" height="12" alt="" /></div> + +<p class="center">LONDON:<br /><br /> +PRINTED FOR HARVEY AND DARTON,<br /> +<small>GRACECHURCH-STREET.</small><br /></p> +<hr class="r5" /> +<p class="center space-below">1822.<br /></p> + + + + +<h2>THE FRIENDS, &c.</h2> + + +<div class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/i_004.jpg" width="111" height="12" alt="" /></div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I.</a></h2> + +<hr class="r5" /> + + +<p>In one of the pleasant villages in the beautiful county of Kent, was +situated a boarding-school of considerable celebrity. It had, for many +years, been distinguished for possessing an excellent master, in the +person of the Rev. Dr. Harris, who, by his amiable manners and sound +knowledge, had obtained the friendship of the surrounding gentry; while +his fatherly interest in behalf of the affairs of the poor, caused him +to be universally beloved. He was curate of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span>the parish, as well as +school-master; and his parishioners and scholars were alike the objects +of his tender regard and anxious solicitude.</p> + +<p>His family consisted of a wife and two daughters, who were equally +respected by all who had the pleasure of their acquaintance. Mrs. +Harris was, indeed, every way worthy of her amiable partner; and her +greatest pleasure consisted in doing good. Although frequently herself +in a very weak state of health; yet, neither the inclemency of the +weather, nor the distance, deterred her from going, in person, to +visit, to comfort, and to assist those of her fellow-creatures who +were in distress. It was quite enough for her to know that any of her +poorer neighbours were in want, to command her immediate aid; and, by +thus setting them a good Christian example, she was better enabled +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span>to assist her amiable husband in enforcing the mild and wholesome +doctrines of religion.</p> + +<p>Her lovely daughters, too, Juliana and Eliza, were of sufficient ages +to be her companions in these charitable visits; and their hearts +panted for the power to do good, and longed to receive and to deserve +such blessings as were bestowed, with grateful lips, upon their beloved +mother, whenever she passed the cottages of the poor. They pitied +their wants and sufferings, and participated and rejoiced in their +happiness; and frequently expressed a desire for riches, to enable them +to relieve their misfortunes. Upon such occasions, Mrs. Harris never +failed to impress upon their young minds this valuable truth: that +wealth does not always afford the best means of doing good. She used to +say, that those children who sincerely wish to do an <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span>act of charity, +seldom want the means of doing something to relieve the necessities +and soothe the afflictions of those who are pining in wretchedness; +for even a kind consoling word, with a very little personal attention, +was often esteemed more valuable, and even proved to be more useful, +than money, to those whose spirits as well as bodies were pressed down +by distress. Added to this advice, this excellent lady seldom let an +opportunity pass of enforcing the most strict and pious attention to +their religious duties. Her motto was:</p> + +<div class="poetry-container"> + <div class="poetry"> + <div class="stanza"> + <div class="verse">"Teach me to feel another's woe,</div> + <div class="verse indent2">To hide the fault I see:</div> + <div class="verse">That mercy I to others show,</div> + <div class="verse indent2">That mercy show to me."</div> +</div></div></div> + +<p>The school was at the extremity of the village, and attached to the +parsonage-house. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span>The situation was retired and beautiful. At a little +distance stood the village church, in all its ancient simplicity, +except that it had, for some years, been nearly covered with ivy; the +most pleasing decoration that it is possible for Nature to bestow upon +a country place of worship. Its green and glossy leaf, whether viewed +by the soft glow of moon-light, or by the broad glare of sun-shine, is +always an object of admiration.</p> + +<p>The number of scholars was about forty; and in this, as in other +schools, boys of various dispositions were to be found. Some possessed +all the good temper and vivacity that could be wished; and their +faults were seldom of so serious a nature as to demand more than a +slight reproof: while others were morose, passionate, envious, and +disobliging; imposing upon their <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span>younger school-fellows at every +opportunity, and perplexing those of their own age by frequent +interruptions in their sports and lessons.</p> + +<p>Amongst the number of those who were generally beloved by their +school-fellows, were Henry Wardour and George Harrington, the sons +of two respectable tradesmen, who were partners in a very lucrative +business in London. George had been so unfortunate as to lose his mamma +when he was scarcely five years of age; and as he was the only child, +Mrs. Wardour, who had always entertained great esteem for his parents, +requested of his papa to allow her the pleasure of instructing him with +her son Henry. To an offer so kind and advantageous, Mr. Harrington +could have no objection; but fearing that the task would become +irksome, and be too great an exertion for his <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span>friend, he endeavoured +to persuade her from her purpose; when she replied: "The trouble, Sir, +I beg you will not think about: it will be nothing. While teaching my +own son, I shall feel a pleasure in imparting the same instruction +to yours. Besides, I promised my dear friend Mrs. H. when on her +death-bed, that I would be a parent to her son; therefore, Sir, I beg +you will grant my request." Mr. Harrington consented, and deferred his +plan of sending George to a preparatory school; and he was admitted at +once into the house of Mrs. Wardour.</p> + +<p>Henry, who was about eight months older than his friend, looked upon +this arrangement with unusual joy. As he had no brother, George had +hitherto been his frequent play-fellow; and the knowledge that he was +now <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span>about to live in the same house, to eat, drink, sleep, and play +with him, gave him a pleasure which he had never before felt.</p> + +<p>Thus, from so early an association, their friendship became deeply +rooted; and as Mrs. Wardour was a lady well qualified for the task she +had imposed upon herself, the lads made considerable progress in their +education, and continued to do so until they were eleven or twelve +years of age, when their kind preceptress was attacked with a severe +sickness. In this state she had continued upwards of a month, when her +husband, seeing no immediate prospect of her recovery, and fearing the +lads might lose all the learning they had received while under her +care, prevailed upon her to let them be sent to school. To this she at +length consented; and the school of Dr. Harris having been <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span>strongly +recommended, they were put under the superintendence of that gentleman.</p> + +<p>Before leaving home, however, their parents gave them their parting +blessing; and Mr. Wardour, pressing them affectionately by the hand, +told them they were now about to begin a little world for themselves: +"therefore," said he, in an earnest and impressive manner, "may Heaven +bless and direct all your actions, so that you may grow up to be +honest, brave, and good men. And remember well what I now say: if ever +I hear that you are quarrelsome, you will displease me much; but if I +find that you are unjust in your dealings towards your school-fellows, +I shall punish you severely. Above all, be friends to one another." +With this advice, and a determination to attend to it, our little +friends bid their parents farewell.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span></p> + +<p>The dispositions of Henry and George were somewhat different, and yet +they continued to be sincere friends. Henry was mild, good-natured, +and patient. George was good-natured, but hasty and passionate; and +though Mrs. Wardour took great pains to impress upon his youthful +mind the danger he was continually in, from not being able to control +his temper, she never succeeded in teaching him that mildness so +much admired in her own son. But in every other respect he was truly +amiable; and if, in his passion, he was ever led into any serious +error, he never failed to beg pardon of those whom he had offended, and +always made every amends in his power.</p> + +<p>By this failing in George's temper, Henry was too frequently a +sufferer; for he was always obliged to give up whatever play-things +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>the other wished for, which he generally did with readiness and good +temper, although he was oldest of the two. But this was only the case +when they were very young; for, from the time that they had left home, +and had been put under the care of Dr. Harris, they were, if possible, +greater friends than ever; and George had so far succeeded in mastering +his temper, as seldom to be in a passion, and never with his friend +Henry. He still, however, possessed that nobleness and high spirit, +which mostly checked him in doing a wrong action, and always prompted +him to interfere in behalf of any of his school-fellows whom he thought +were unjustly treated; in which he was ably seconded by his friend +Henry.</p> + +<p>In personal appearance there was little similarity. Henry was weak, +pale, and delicate: <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span>George, strong, fresh-coloured, and vigorous. Many +a time had Mrs. Wardour watched over her weakly but truly beautiful +boy, with an anxious eye, fearing that she should never be able to rear +him to manhood. But since he had been with Dr. Harris, his health had +much improved. His face, which had before been pale, was now tanned +with the heat of the sun; and the fresh country air had given an +additional brightness to his fine dark eyes: while the healthy round +face, and plump appearance of George, seemed to improve in a like +degree.</p> + +<p>In short, these boys, by their politeness and good-nature, rather than +by their appearance, were beloved by all their school-fellows, except +a few of the malicious, envious dispositions, who only disliked them +because they sometimes <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>resisted their impositions, and detected their +falsehoods.</p> + +<p>With their master's family they were also more intimate; and though Dr. +Harris never made any distinction, or showed any partiality to one boy +more than to another, yet it was not so with his two daughters, Juliana +and Eliza. They had their favourites; and though Henry and George were +nearly the last comers, and had not been more than three months in the +school, they had so won upon the young ladies, (who were nearly of the +same age as themselves,) by their cheerfulness, and polite attention in +gathering pretty flowers, cleaning their bird-cages, &c. as to be their +decided favourites.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Harris had also entertained a regard for Henry, from the moment +she first saw him, as he strongly resembled a late son of hers, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>who +was unfortunately drowned when about his age.</p> + +<p>And it was well for Henry that he possessed so many friends; for in +the difficulties he afterwards had to contend with, he stood in great +need of them; and as my little readers are now pretty well acquainted +with their characters, they shall hear in what those difficulties +consisted. But before entering upon the principal circumstances in this +little history, it will be necessary to acquaint my young friends with +a trifling affair that took place about a month or six weeks after the +arrival of Henry and George. By their interference upon this occasion, +they put an end to an evil, a species of <i>fagging</i>, which had been +practised unknown to the master; while they at the same time roused +the bad dispositions of some of the elder boys, as will be seen in the +sequel.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span></p> + +<h2><a name="CHAP_II" id="CHAP_II">CHAP. II.</a></h2> + +<hr class="r5" /> + + +<p>It had been a custom in Dr. Harris's school to admit an aged woman, +once a week, to call with cakes, lozenges, and other sweetmeats; and as +she was very poor, each lad was allowed, and indeed expected, to lay +out a penny with her. This they did very willingly, not merely because +she generally had a good assortment of those things which little boys +are fond of, but because she was cheerful, civil, and obliging; and +frequently took in good part, the tricks they so often played upon +her. She used also to bring her grand-daughter Emma <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span>with her, for +the purpose of taking the money, and carrying her basket, which was a +pleasing duty to this little girl, for she dearly loved her grandmother.</p> + +<p>This well-intended plan of compelling the boys to spend their money in +the school-room, though of benefit to Dame Higgins, (for that was her +name,) at length caused a violent irruption, by giving the elder boys +an opportunity of imposing upon the younger ones; when, if they had +been allowed to have spent their half-pence in the village, they might +have evaded the impost which was laid upon them. The old woman used to +arrive regularly every Wednesday and Saturday afternoons, which were +half-holidays; and Dr. Harris, fearing that if all were admitted at one +time, she might be confused, had ordered that they should pro<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>ceed by +rotation, but only six at a time; consequently, the biggest boys always +entered first, and then waited at the other door till the rest came +out with their cakes, fruit, or sweetmeats. Now, so much power had the +elder boys, (particularly Brown, Greene, and Walker,) over the rest, +that they regularly exacted from them either a plum, a cake, a pear, or +something of what they had purchased.</p> + +<p>Soon after Henry and George had arrived at the school, and they were +passing through the door which led into the play-ground, with their +cakes, they were stopped, amongst the rest, and asked by Walker for a +bit of something; and as they saw most of the boys gave one thing or +other, and being themselves good-natured, they readily bestowed their +portion; and this was repeated for three or four weeks.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p> + +<p>About this time little Ned Hooper, a lad much liked by most of the +boys for his mirth and good humour, came up to George, with a tear in +his eye, and said, "Look here! see what these fellows have left me, +out of what I bought: they have taken above half," added he, showing +a few lozenges, "and all because I said they ought to be ashamed of +themselves for so doing."</p> + +<p>"Ashamed, indeed!" cried George, with indignation; "and are those all +they have left you?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; and they had as many from me last week, but I did not say any +thing about it," said Ned.</p> + +<p>"Why did you give them any this week, if they had so many from you the +week before?" asked Henry.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Because I am not strong enough to prevent them, or they should not +have one from me. But it is so with all us little boys. They take some +of our gingerbread or fruit from us every week." And he then walked +away crying.</p> + +<p>Some of the other boys who stood round, confirmed what little Ned had +said, and told George and Henry that they would be obliged to submit +to the same, as long as those <i>tyrants</i> were in the school; for they +had taken from them ever since they had been there. They then went +and fetched little Ned, who had just finished the lozenges they had +left him, and then cheerfully joined in the play as though nothing had +happened.</p> + +<p>Not so our two young friends, who were much hurt to see their little +school-fellows imposed upon; and endeavoured to find out some <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span>plan by +which they might put an end to so shameful a practice. They at first +thought of offering them a certain quantity from amongst all the boys; +but afterwards determined upon stopping it altogether, by a combination +amongst their school-fellows. "For why," said George, in an animated +tone, "should one boy be allowed to act unjustly towards another, +merely because he is older or stronger? It is 'might overcoming right;' +and therefore I think we should be justified in resisting these +<i>tyrants</i>, as they are properly called, by every means in our power."</p> + +<p>They then joined the rest at play, having resolved to make them +acquainted with their determination before the next arrival of Dame +Higgins.</p> + +<p>This opportunity soon offered; for about four o'clock the same +afternoon, Greene, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span>Walker, Brown, and those with whom they generally +associated, left the school to take a walk through the town. Henry +observed all the boys whom he had seen at the door, when they passed +with their cakes, leave the play-ground; and mentioned to his friend +George, that it would be a good time to ask their school-fellows +whether they would join in their resistance. Henry, therefore, +collected them together; and George informed them that he had a plan +to submit, how they might preserve their cakes from the <i>tyrants</i>; +which occasioned an expression of great joy among the little boys, who +thought they saw in their two new school-fellows, worthy and trusty +champions.</p> + +<p>"What is it?" "How shall we do it?" was asked by many an anxious and +eager boy, who <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span>had long wished to have some one whom they might look +up to as their leader.</p> + +<p>"Why, we were thinking," said George, "that it is a shameful thing for +so many of us to submit to be robbed by so small a number of boys, +merely because they are a little bigger than ourselves; and therefore +Henry and I have determined to refuse giving another cake or sweetmeat, +provided you will support us."</p> + +<p>"We will, we will," they cried. "And they shall soon find out they are +not to rob us when they please," cried little Ned. "But how do you +intend to do it," he asked, laying hold of George's hand.</p> + +<p>"Why to-morrow," said he, "Dame Higgins will be here again; and I have +no doubt but that the same demand will be made of us as heretofore; but +Henry and myself, with some <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>others, will immediately follow them, and +when they make their request, we will refuse to comply, and hold them +at bay till the rest arrive, when we will boldly resist, and force our +way into the play-ground."</p> + +<p>To this plan their school-fellows readily assented, and promised not to +say a word about it, for fear they should make the <i>tyrants</i> acquainted +with their intention. They then went to their sports, which were not +unfrequently interrupted in their progress by the consideration of +their forthcoming resistance.</p> + +<p>At length the important day arrived, which, as usual, brought Dame +Higgins to the school. The morning had passed in rather a confused +manner; and a constant buzzing and whispering was heard throughout +the little assembly. "I don't mind a thrashing," said little Ned, in +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>a whisper to George, "if I can preserve my cakes, and disappoint +those greedy fellows." He had no sooner uttered the words, than the +well-known voice of Dame Higgins was heard, and his determination was +put to the test; for the elder boys hastened, as usual, to her basket, +purchased what they wanted, and took their stations at the next door. +Henry, George, and Ned, accompanied by three of the most resolute +boys, immediately followed, and, as was agreed upon, refused to give a +single sweetmeat; they were therefore stopped in their passage through +the room, when they were happily joined by their comrades. They now +determined to force their way through, and had just made a grand rush, +when, to their surprise and mortification, Dr. Harris appeared before +them. They shrunk back with amazement: Greene and his com<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span>panions +through shame, and Henry and his friends from fear.</p> + +<p>The Doctor seeing their confusion, called upon Greene, who was the +eldest boy, to explain the cause of it; but Greene was silent. "What +is the reason of this disturbance?" he again asked. "I insist upon +knowing. Some one tell me immediately."</p> + +<p>Henry, who was not at all desirous of informing Dr. Harris of the +affair, would now willingly have made his retreat, had not little Ned, +with some others, stepped forward at the time, which reminded him it +was their cause, and not his own, that he was to plead. The master +now mentioned his name, and demanded of him the cause of the riot. He +therefore plainly stated the case, and told every thing <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span>connected +with it; and when he had finished, many a little boy took courage to +tell his piteous tale, of what he had lost by the tyranny of the elder +scholars, and begged their master would prevent it in future.</p> + +<p>"As to the cakes," said little Ned, (taking off the hairy cap he used +to wear, and looking at Dr. Harris as seriously as his little merry +face would allow,) "as to the cakes, I'll be bound to say, there are as +many in their boxes as would fill a cake-shop."</p> + + +<p>The boxes were immediately searched, and although not quite so many +were found as little Ned supposed, yet there were sufficient to +convince their master of the truth of the statement he had just heard. +He therefore gave them a severe punishment, in the pre<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>sence of the +little boys whom they had been so long in the habit of ill-treating; +and distributed all the apples, sweetmeats, and other things which he +found, including about seven hundred marbles, to the joyous crowd, who +were congratulating each other upon their victory.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p> + +<h2><a name="CHAP_III" id="CHAP_III">CHAP. III.</a></h2> + +<hr class="r5" /> + + +<p>Henry and George now stood very high in the estimation of the great +majority of their school-fellows. They were caressed, honoured, and +looked upon as their first boys; while Greene and his friends were +treated with contempt and derision. They had no longer the power to +command and overawe the rest, with a blow or a black look. Their power +had ceased; but, unfortunately, the chastisement they had received, +instead of convincing them of their error, had only roused their evil +dispositions; and they now anxiously looked for <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span>an opportunity to +avenge the punishment they had received, through the interference of +Henry Wardour, against whom, in particular, they had an inveterate +spite. Nor did they long wish in vain; for, in a very short time, +another occurrence took place, of a far more serious nature, and which +had nearly thrown Henry into a severe illness. It was nothing less +than a suspicion of theft. His bed-fellow, whose name was Scott, when +he arose one morning, discovered that his box had been broken open, +and his purse, which had contained a new sovereign and two or three +shillings, had been emptied of its contents, and then replaced under +his Sunday clothes. Scott missed the money while looking for some +trifling article in his box; and having mentioned the thing, the boys +collected round him to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>hear his account of the matter. There were also +some boys who came out of another room up stairs, and among them Greene +and Walker, who, having heard what Scott had to say, at once declared, +that it was impossible for any one but the boy who slept in the same +room, to have stolen the money.</p> + +<p>George, who heard this direct charge against his friend Henry, +instantly fired up, and, in his passion, flew upon Greene, who had +made the charge, and struck him; when a scuffle ensued, the noise of +which brought out Dr. Harris, who, upon hearing an account of the loss +from Scott, told him that he was very likely to have mislaid the money +somewhere; and that he had no doubt but that, if he made search for +it, he would soon find it. George, with whom he was extremely angry +for his rashness in striking <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span>Greene, was immediately ordered into the +school-room, and punished by having a long lesson given him to learn. +Before he went, he turned round to Dr. Harris, and said that he was +sorry for having struck Greene; but he should have been ashamed of +himself, if he had stood quietly by, and heard his friend accused in +his absence, of so shameful a crime. "I am sure," he added, with his +usual vehemence, his face reddening, and his hand closely clenched, +"that Henry is not guilty; and Greene ought to be ashamed of himself, +for making such a charge against him."</p> + +<p>Greene, who stood behind the other boys wiping his face, which was a +little bruised by the blow he had received, then said, "that he should +not be surprised if Master George himself had had something to do in +it; for he <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>seemed very much offended by what he had said."</p> + +<p>"You are a mean-spirited fellow," said George; "and——"</p> + +<p>"Silence! silence, boys!" cried Dr. Harris. "How dare you make such +accusations against each other! The money may have been mislaid, and +will, no doubt, be found. I desire that a strict search may be made: +until that is done, let me not hear another word about it. I never had +a thief in my school; and if I ever find a boy out in such practices, +he shall meet with the severest punishment I can inflict."</p> + +<p>Every eye was now anxiously looking out for Henry Wardour, who had +obtained leave of Mrs. Harris, to accompany her daughters, to gather +some flowers at the gardeners, and to go on another little errand or +two. For so <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>much was Henry beloved by this good lady, that she had +made him her little messenger; and whenever she wanted to send any +thing into the town, he was sure to be the lad chosen so carry it. Dr. +Harris was made acquainted with his absence this morning, but wished +for his return, that he might question him as to this unpleasant affair.</p> + +<p>The business, however, which Henry had been sent upon, detained him +until after school had commenced; and, having hastened with his +breakfast, and brushed his clothes, he immediately entered the school, +when all eyes were directed towards him. Henry being a very bashful +lad, could not bear this unusual stare; and fearing, at the same time, +that Dr. Harris had been saying something about his long ab<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>sence, he +blushed deeply, as he hung his hat upon the peg and took his seat.</p> + +<p>Walker, who sat at the further end of the same desk, seeing Henry +somewhat confused, cried out, loud enough for some of the boys to hear +him, "Look at him!" When George, who sat near, turned round, and said, +"Well, what do you see?" "Why, guilt in his face," added Greene.</p> + +<p>This conversation would probably have continued, had not Dr. Harris, +who had hitherto been engaged at his desk, suddenly arose from his +seat, and walked down the school; when, observing Henry in his place, +he, with a smile on his countenance, beckoned him to follow to his +desk, which Henry immediately obeyed, though with a trembling step.</p> + +<p>This was a moment of great interest. Every <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>eye was attracted to the +top of the school; and a tear of joy stood in George's eye, as he saw +Dr. Harris affectionately take his friend by the hand, and whisper +something to him. It was at this moment too, that every boy in the +school took upon himself to translate the looks and actions of Henry +and his master. They observed every change in Henry's countenance, with +an anxiety equal to the love they bore him; for very few, if any of his +school-fellows, for a moment thought him guilty of the charge brought +against him by Greene; although four or five of them, whose jealousy +had been roused by the general respect in which Henry was held, and +who still remembered their own disgrace by his interference, readily +seconded the accusation, in the hope that, by so doing, they would +lessen the esteem which Mrs. Harris and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>her daughters appeared to have +for him. The <i>tyrants</i>, indeed, were noted as the enemies of Henry and +George; and this charge coming from, and being strenuously supported by +this party, led the rest of the boys to examine their probable motive.</p> + +<p>During this long interview with Dr. Harris, Henry was alternately +depressed and surprised. At one moment a tear would be seen to +start in his eye, and at another he seemed about to appeal to his +school-fellows, when he was soothed by the kindness of his master, who +told him to calm his fears, and return to his seat for the morning, +assuring him of his assistance to clear up the matter.</p> + +<p>As Henry walked down the school, with a dejected countenance, his eye +instinctively turned toward his friend George, who had been anx<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>iously +observing him during the whole time his master had been conversing with +him. It seemed to George to say, "I am charged with a serious fault, +and I shall stand in need of all the help you can afford me;" and a +careless observer might, in a moment, have seen, by the friendly and +benignant smile upon George's face, that he would surely have it.</p> + +<p>During the whole of the morning's school-hours, Henry found it +impossible to attend to his lessons. His mind was so absorbed in the +approaching examination, which his master had told him should take +place directly after twelve o'clock, that his sums were all done wrong, +and his copies badly written. Nor was he the only boy in the school who +was in this state of mind. His friend George felt for him, and appeared +as anxious about it, as though he himself had <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>been charged with the +theft. The last words of Mr. Wardour occurred to his thoughts: "Above +all, be friends to one another;" and the impressive manner in which it +was said, was still fresh upon his memory. "Be friends to one another!" +he exclaimed to himself: "ay, I will be <i>his</i> friend, because I am sure +he is mine; and because I am sure, also, that he is innocent of this +suspected robbery."</p> + +<p>Little Ned too was restless all the morning, and longed for the time to +arrive, when Henry would once more be enabled to put the <i>tyrants</i> to +the blush. His little merry heart was, for once, depressed; but he had +strong hopes that it would all end in the discomfiture of Greene and +his friends.</p> + +<p>Doctor Harris had as yet refrained from stating the circumstance to his +family; but as <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span>the hour was near at hand when he determined to have +a general search, he thought it best to make them acquainted with it, +though with little hopes of gaining any information from them. When +Mrs. Harris heard the tale, she treated it with indifference, and said +that she had no doubt but that the money would be forthcoming; for it +was her opinion, that some of the boys had taken it merely to tease +Scott, whom she stated to be rather too fond of hoarding. The daughters +thought the same, and were quite unhappy to think that their little +favourite should be suspected. Juliana, indeed, was about to hasten to +the school-room, in the hope of affording him some consolation, but was +requested by her papa to remain where she was.</p> + +<p>At length the school broke up; and, by the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>command of Dr. Harris, +search was made in every part, not merely amongst the boys, but also +amongst the servants; but, unfortunately, without finding the new +coin. The boys were now all assembled with the family, and Dr. Harris +commenced his examination, by asking Scott when he last saw his money. +"Last Sunday morning, Sir," he replied; "and Henry was with me at the +time." This Henry corroborated, by saying it was true, and that he saw +him put it in his purse again; when Greene stepped forward and said, +that he believed no person but Henry knew of Scott's possessing this +new coin; and that he, therefore, was the only person that could have +taken it.</p> + +<p>At this direct charge Henry stood for some time amazed; and then +bursting into a flood of tears, vehemently protested against the truth +of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span>his assertion, and dared him to the proof; when Walker, who stood +close by Greene and Scott, said, "It is of no use for you to deny it, +Master Wardour, as I know those that can prove they saw you take the +money." Henry was for a moment speechless; when George said it was +false, and demanded, with more than common earnestness, that he would +bring forth his accusers, and let him meet them face to face.</p> + +<p>This request was repeated by the rest of the boys, who feared they +might have said something, in an unguarded moment, which Walker had +construed into an assertion of Henry's guilt. Dr. Harris also requested +Walker to name the person who saw him take the money; when he replied, +that he knew no more than what Greene had told him, who said he saw +Henry steal it.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span></p> + +<p>Mrs. Harris now stepped forward, and earnestly entreated Greene, in +common justice, if he had any proof that Henry took the money, or +knew any thing of it, that he would instantly make it appear. At this +Greene was a good deal confused; and after first of all acknowledging +that he had said so, he then as plainly said that he knew nothing +about it, but was <i>sure</i> that nobody else could have taken the money. +Mrs. Harris, who was a sincere lover of justice, possessing too a +great deal of discrimination, inveighed in very strong terms against +charging a boy with theft, and casting aspersions upon his character, +without any foundation whatever. "He has now been a considerable time +in the school," she added, turning to her husband, "without ever having +created any suspicion of his honesty, or without doing the slightest +act <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>upon which to ground such a charge. Besides, I have frequently +trusted him with money to fetch various articles for me, and he has +always acted with the strictest honesty; and," raising her voice, "I +will myself be bound for his innocence upon this occasion, for there is +not a more honest lad in the school; and it is my belief, that some of +those who throw out hints of suspicion against Master Wardour, are much +more likely, from their general character, to have robbed Scott than he +is."</p> + +<p>Greene now slunk behind the rest of the boys; and in consequence of +this tone being taken by this excellent lady, Walker apologized for +having accused Henry of so great a crime, and added, that he should +never again believe what Greene said.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span></p> + +<p>"You may go, Master Henry," said Dr. Harris, in the kindest manner +possible, "and I have no doubt that the thief will be found out; and +then those who have accused you will have cause to be ashamed of +themselves."</p> + +<p>George, little Ned, and a great number of his school-fellows, now +crowded round Henry, congratulating him upon his victory, as they +were all anxious to see him fairly acquitted of the charge. Eliza +and Juliana also joined the little throng, and, by their caresses, +endeavoured to rally him into his usual good spirits, which they +continued to do for some days after. As, however, no discovery was +made about the money, he felt himself very uneasy, and could not but +think that many of the boys looked upon him as a thief; especially +as insinuations <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span>were sometimes thrown out by the elder boys, which +made him very miserable; and those who had first accused him, would +frequently ask, in his hearing, "Who stole Scott's money?"</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAP_IV" id="CHAP_IV">CHAP. IV.</a></h2> + +<hr class="r5" /> + + +<p>A fortnight had now nearly elapsed, and the affair began, in some +measure, to wear off. Indeed, it was seldom mentioned, except by those +boys who appeared, from the commencement, so desirous of obtaining a +verdict against Henry. His school-fellows, generally, were anxious to +play with him, and endeavoured to rouse his spirits by every means in +their power. They never commenced a new game, but he was solicited +to join them; and they never went for a walk, but he was anxiously +requested to accompany them. All their endeavours <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>however, were +fruitless: they could not make him what he was before this charge was +brought against him. He evidently had something preying upon his mind; +for instead of being one of the most lively boys in the school—one who +had hitherto shown a desire to join in any good-natured frolic—he was +now become quite serious, and even melancholy. In vain did his friend +George use every exertion: he who before could have persuaded him to +any thing, and to whose advice he had always paid a great regard, now +entreated him, in vain, to cheer his drooping spirits. Mrs. Harris, +with her two daughters, also endeavoured to laugh him out of what they +called his sulky mood; but he replied, that he could not help it; that +he should never again be happy till it was discovered who it <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>was +that stole Scott's money; and that its being lost while he was his +bed-fellow, certainly threw a suspicion upon him that he could not get +over, and to labour under which made him truly miserable.</p> + +<p>Dr. Harris felt a great deal of uneasiness about the matter, not merely +because he saw Henry labouring under so serious a charge, but that an +affair of such a nature should remain so long undetected, and that +he should hitherto have been foiled in his attempts to clear up the +mystery. In this state he continued, when, one morning, after he had +returned from his usual early walk, and was crossing the lawn that +led from the school to the parsonage-house, he observed a poor woman, +rather shabbily dressed, looking in at the school-room window. Not +appearing to find the object of her search, she <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span>was turning towards +the house, when she encountered the person of the Doctor.</p> + +<p>"Who are you looking for, good woman?" asked he.</p> + +<p>"I—I want," apparently somewhat disturbed by meeting the master, "I +want to see one of the little boys, Sir," she said, curtsying very low.</p> + +<p>"What little boy do you want? and what do you want him for?"</p> + +<p>"I don't know his name, Sir; but he wears a short blue jacket and +nankeen trowsers, and a white hat, Sir. He has black hair, and he is a +very handsome boy, Sir."</p> + +<p>"Is his name Henry," said Dr. Harris.</p> + +<p>"I think that was the name the other lad called him by, Sir; for there +was another fresh-coloured little gentleman came to the cottage with +him."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span></p> + +<p>"What did they come to your cottage about, my good woman?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, Sir, I and my poor dear sick husband ought to be very thankful for +the help they gave us. And I now want to see them, to thank them for +their goodness, and to tell them that my husband will, by God's mercy, +be able to go to work very soon. That's all I wanted, Sir," she said, +again curtsying, though with some degree of alarm; for she feared that +her peeping about for the boys might have offended Dr. Harris.</p> + +<p>"What did they do for your sick husband then?" asked Dr. Harris. "I do +not think they had the power of rendering you much assistance."</p> + +<p>"Oh yes, Sir, they had," she replied: "Master Henry gave us, +altogether, sixteen shillings. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span>And I am sure, that if he had not +helped us, we should all have been starved. But the Lord is always very +good, and sends something to those who are in want."</p> + +<p>At this recital Dr. Harris felt amazed; and the circumstance of Scott's +money being lost, immediately recurred to his memory. "It must be so," +he said to himself: "these boys, anxious to do a service to this poor +family, have taken Scott's money from his box, where I suppose they +thought it was lying useless, and appropriated it to relieving their +wants.—Step in doors, my good woman," he said, as he hastened across +the lawn: "step in: I wish to ask you a few questions."</p> + +<p>Martha Watson, (for that was the name of this poor woman) now repented +having come to the school at all, as she feared, from the anxiety <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>in +Dr. Harris's face, that the boys might get scolded for coming to the +cottage without leave of their master; and she followed him to the +house with a faltering step.</p> + +<p>The servant having opened the door, Dr. Harris led the way into a +little room, which was his study, and desired Martha Watson to enter, +when he closed the door, and they both sat down. "Where do you live, +pray?" asked the Doctor.</p> + +<p>"In one of those poor cottages, Sir, in the lane that leads on to the +common."</p> + +<p>"You say these boys gave you sixteen shillings: I wish you would tell +me what it was that first induced them to come to your cottage, and +every thing you know about them."</p> + +<p>Martha Watson now felt very uneasy, and anxiously asked whether they +had done any <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>thing wrong, which she the more feared, as she had not +seen them for some time past. Dr. Harris begged of her to answer his +question, and assured her that there was no cause for her alarm.</p> + +<p>She then related to him the following circumstance: "About a month ago, +Sir, as my little son Jack, who is about six years old, was coming from +Farmer Miles's, with a pitcher full of milk, and making all the haste +he could to get home with it for his daddy's supper, these two young +gentlemen were hastening off the common, and in their hurry to turn the +corner of the lane, they did not see little Jack, but ran against him. +So, Sir, they ran so violently, that they knocked him down, spilled the +milk, broke the pitcher into a hundred pieces, and cut poor Jack's arm, +which bled very much indeed."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span></p> + +<p>"They did not do him a very serious injury, I hope," said the Doctor.</p> + +<p>"No, Sir; only cut his arm a little. Finding, however, that Jack was +afraid to go home alone, they came with him to our cottage, when they +told me the whole affair, and said how sorry they were they had spilt +the milk and broke the pitcher; and did all they could to pacify little +Jack. When they found how poor we were, and saw my dear husband sick in +bed, they asked me many questions: how long he had been ill, what money +we had, and many others; and when I told them that he had kept his bed +for five weeks, and was not then able to get up; and that we had no +money, but the little I and my eldest girl could earn in the fields, +they talked together a little while, and the young gentleman in the +white hat said, that he would see me again in about an hour, and pay +me for the pitcher and the milk, and give me something for my husband."</p> + +<div class="figcenter" id="illo58"> +<img src="images/i_058.jpg" width="330" height="400" alt="" /> +<div class="caption"> + +<p class="center no-indent">Henry & George visiting the poor Cottager. + +<i>See page 56</i><br /></p></div></div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Did they return then in about an hour?" said Dr. Harris.</p> + +<p>"No, Sir; they did not call again till next morning, when they asked me +whether my poor husband was better, and how Jack's arm was. One of them +pulled out of his pocket a guinea, and——"</p> + +<p>"A guinea!" exclaimed Dr. Harris, interrupting the woman: "are you +positive it was a guinea?"</p> + +<p>"I am sure it was a golden coin, Sir; because they asked me to change +it. But that was impossible, for I had no money at all in the house."</p> + +<p>"Well, my good woman, and what did they do then?" asked Dr. Harris, +evidently much agitated.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Why, Sir, finding I had no money, they went into the town and got the +golden coin changed, and gave me ten shillings of it. In a few days, +Sir, they came again, and gave me six more shillings."</p> + +<p>"Did they ever call after that time?"</p> + +<p>"Once, Sir, which was about ten days ago; and as I have not seen them +since, I made free to call here this morning; because I am sure they +would be glad to hear that my poor dear husband was getting better, +and would soon be able to work. If the young gentlemen had not been so +kind to us, I don't know what we should have done. I am afraid my poor +husband must have died for want of proper things. But the Lord will +reward them for their kindness; and I am sure they are good boys."</p> + +<p>Dr. Harris congratulated the cottager upon <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span>the restoration of her +husband to health, and said that Mrs. Harris should visit her family; +and that he would also tell Henry and George that she had called to +thank them; but that it was not convenient for her to see them just +then. Having again asked her where she resided, he bade her good +morning, and she immediately returned home.</p> + +<p>When Martha Watson had gone, Dr. Harris joined his family at the +breakfast-table, and related the whole of the affair to them, adding +his conviction of Henry's guilt, and that he was sorry to find he had +been so deceived by him. George too, he said, was equally guilty; for +he had been a party in giving away the stolen property. "I shall write +to their parents this evening," he added; "for I am at a loss to know +how to punish such duplicity and wickedness."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span></p> + +<p>Mrs. Harris and her daughters, although staggered by the statement +which the Doctor had made to them, suggested the propriety of calling +in Henry and George. "For," said Mrs. Andrews, "although it looks very +suspicious, I never can believe them guilty until it is plainly proved."</p> + +<p>"I think this is sufficient proof," he said, rather angrily; for he +felt vexed to think of the trouble this affair would give to their +parents.</p> + +<p>"True; so it is, my dear," answered his wife, "if not contradicted; but +I hope that they will be able to give such an explanation as will be +satisfactory to us all."</p> + +<p>"And that I am sure they will," said Eliza, rising from her chair; "and +pray, papa, let me call them in."</p> + +<p>The servant at this moment entered the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span>room to take away the +breakfast-things, when Dr. Harris desired her to send in Master Wardour +and Master Harrington.</p> + +<p>The boys had but just taken their seats in the school-room, when the +servant summoned them into the parlour. Henry, who still continued in +the same desponding mood, felt gratified by hearing that he was wanted +there; but it was only a momentary pleasure. He at first thought he +might be wanted to accompany Eliza and Juliana to the garden, or be +commissioned by Mrs. Harris to go into the town for her; but when he +found that George was also wanted, and that they were to go together, +he felt convinced of some fresh trouble; for he was not the same +cheerful boy he used to be. Fear seemed to have taken possession of +his whole frame; when George, thinking he ob<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>served a tear starting in +his eye, grasped his hand with the warmth of sincere friendship, and +cheered him up by saying, "Now for it, Henry: it is all settled, and we +are wanted to hear the good news;" and they went, hand in hand, into +the parlour.</p> + +<p>After making their obedience, they walked up to the table; and Dr. +Harris, with a look somewhat more stern than usual, said, "Henry, do +you know a woman named Martha Watson, who lives near the common?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, Sir," said George, "I know her: a very poor woman."</p> + +<p>"I asked Henry," said Dr. Harris; "and I expect that he will answer me."</p> + +<p>But poor Henry, from some cause or other, was, at the moment, unable +to reply. George, therefore, seeing his friend at a loss, immedi<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>ately +gave the answer; and Henry, recovering his self-possession, now gave +a direct answer to every question that the worthy master put to him, +and proceeded to explain how they became possessed of so much money. +"George and I," he said, "were one day walking through the town, when +we met a gentleman on horseback, who had lately seen our parents in +London. He told us that he was going to call upon us at the school; but +as he had met us, that would do as well. He then gave us a new coin, +which is called a sovereign; and after staying with us about a quarter +of an hour, he shook hands with us, and rode off."</p> + +<p>"And the same evening," added George, "we had the misfortune to run +over little Jack Watson, and break his pitcher. We then thought it our +duty to see him safe home, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>and to pay for the pitcher and milk. When +we got to the cottage, we saw the poor man stretched on a wretched +straw mattress, where he said he had been above a month; and the tear +rolled down his cheek when he looked round the room, and saw five +little children, who were all anxiously waiting for the milk which we +had been so unfortunate as to knock out of little Jack's hand. Indeed, +Sir," George continued, "we never before saw so much wretchedness; and +Henry said, that as we had plenty to eat and drink, and pocket-money +besides, we might as well get the new coin changed, and give them some +of it, saying, he wished we had more. I agreed to give nearly all my +share; and the next morning we went to the cottage, and gave most of +the money to the poor people."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span></p> + +<p>"But why did you not tell me or Mrs. Harris of this distressed +cottager, and also that you had had so much money given to you, Henry?"</p> + +<p>"Because, Sir, you had given strict orders that no boy should enter a +place of sickness, for fear of bringing away a fever. We should not +have gone there; but we had hurt poor Jack, and he was afraid to go +home, after having lost all the milk. He said his mother would not +believe him, if he told her that some one had broken the pitcher."</p> + +<p>The plain and unassuming manner in which the boys told their tale, +threw an unusual cheerfulness round the whole family. Dr. Harris felt +himself satisfied with the account which they had given; while Mrs. +Harris and her daughters were overjoyed to find that the boys could +give <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>an explanation so very creditable to their feelings. "It is not," +said the lady, when the boys had left the room, "because my belief in +their ability to give an explanation is confirmed, that I feel this +satisfaction; but that they should have shown themselves so susceptible +of the finest feelings of our nature. That they should have pitied and +relieved the wants of their suffering fellow-creatures; and that, too, +without ostentation or parade, convinces me, at once, that neither of +them would be guilty of the charge made against Henry. And I sincerely +wish that some light may be speedily thrown upon this unpleasant and +mysterious affair, or I shall have great cause to fear the consequences +with regard to his health."</p> + +<p>Dr. Harris then left the table for the school-room, heartily concurring +in every word that <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>his amiable lady had uttered. Upon entering, he +found the boys in deep consultation; for, immediately upon the return +of Edward and George, they were questioned by their school-fellows as +to the result of so long an interview. George, who would, from modesty, +have readily refrained from stating a circumstance so creditable +to himself, as well as to his friend, had he not feared a wrong +construction would have been put upon his silence, immediately related +the whole of what had passed in the parlour. The majority of the boys +felt a little disappointed that nothing more conclusive had transpired; +not perceiving, that boys who were capable of giving away their money +in the manner that Henry and George had done, were unlikely to rob +another of the little he possessed.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span></p> + +<p>Greene and a few others, however, with a malignity that spoke an +interested motive, did not fail to turn this statement into ridicule. +Greene in particular, who had displayed great anxiety and uneasiness +during the absence of Henry and George, at the conclusion of the tale +which the boys had requested George to relate, burst into loud and +excessive laughter, and exclaimed, "This is one of the finest tales I +ever heard. Is it likely, in the first place, that any gentleman would +give them a sovereign? Did any of you ever receive so much at one +time; and that, too, from a poor traveller? And is it likely that, if +they had had it given to them, as they wish us to believe, that they +would have parted with it in the manner they say they have? It is all +a made-up story. I don't know where Scott's money <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>is; but I think, if +it has been given to the poor cottagers, he ought to have the credit of +it."</p> + +<p>Several of the boys then joined him in the loud laugh with which he +concluded this base insinuation. Poor Henry was again driven back into +his low-spiritedness, and gave, first a look of contempt at Greene, +and then cast his eyes upon George, as his only refuge and support +against this fresh and unexpected attack. It is difficult to say how +Greene would have fared, had not Dr. Harris at this moment entered +the school; for George was never more indignant, nor never felt a +greater inclination to tell Greene what he thought of his cowardly +conduct, than he did at this moment. Little Ned, however, did not fail +to whisper in his ear as he passed, that which <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>was at all times an +unwelcome sound: "Who stole the cakes?" said he, loud enough for the +rest of the boys to hear. Greene looked vexed, and went to his seat.</p> + +<p>Some time passed away, and nothing transpired to clear up this +mysterious affair; while the few enemies that Henry had in the school +appeared to increase, from the construction which Greene and some +others had put upon George's explanation concerning the money. Henry, +unable to bear up against the stigma, not only grew melancholy, but +began to lose his appetite, and looked very thin and ill. Mrs. Harris +really felt somewhat alarmed, and said every thing she could to comfort +him; but, alas! it was all in vain. Scott also, to do him justice, did +every thing in his power to relieve him, but without avail; and Henry +began to think <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span>he should fall a victim to a false accusation, for he +had no sleep by night, nor ease by day.</p> + +<p>Dr. Harris now proposed to send for his father, which he did; and +he arrived in a few days. Dr. H. made him acquainted with the whole +affair, from first to last; and Henry was sent for into the parlour. +His father was shocked at his appearing in such ill health, and +the agony of his feelings was intense at the cause of his illness. +He entreated him, by the love he bore towards him and his mother, +to confess the truth. "If, my dear boy," he said, "you have, in an +unguarded moment, been led into an error, the only reparation is openly +to confess it. In that case I will pay the boy the money, and you shall +receive my forgiveness."</p> + +<p>Henry assured him that he knew nothing at <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span>all of the money—that it +made him very unhappy indeed—that he had had no sleep for the last +three or four nights—and that he had lost his appetite; when, throwing +his arms round his father's neck, he burst into an agony of tears, and +could only exclaim, "I am innocent! I am innocent!"</p> + +<p>Mrs. Harris having pacified Henry, said that it would perhaps be best +for Mr. Wardour to take him home for a short time; but to this Henry +himself objected, as he knew very well that there were boys who would +turn that to his disadvantage. His father, therefore, procured him +some medicine, to calm his spirits and allay the slight fever which he +appeared to have; and then went to transact some business at a short +distance from the village, promising to see him again <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>in a few days, +and determining, in his own mind, to take Henry home with him, should +nothing transpire in the mean time to free him from this accusation.</p> + + +<hr class="chap" /> + + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAP_V" id="CHAP_V">CHAP. V.</a></h2> + +<hr class="r5" /> + + +<p>The time had now arrived when Henry was to be freed from his troubles, +and to obtain a satisfactory victory over malignity and base design. +On the evening after his father had taken leave of him, and when he, +in company with his friend George, was sitting at his bed-room window, +admiring the beauties of the setting sun, and enjoying the calmness of +the surrounding scenery, an unusual noise was heard upon the stairs. +Henry instantly rose from his seat and opened the door, when in rushed +little Ned, breathless, and almost speechless. He had his hairy cap in +his hand, and had contrived to run one of his legs through his long +pin-afore, as he made his way up the stairs. His face was far more red +than usual, and full of anxiety.</p> + + +<div class="figcenter" id="illo79"> +<img src="images/i_079.jpg" width="330" height="400" alt="" /> +<div class="caption"> + +<p class="center no-indent">—its all found out!—the thief is found out. + +<i>page 75.</i><br /></p></div></div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span></p> + +<p>"What is the matter, Ned?" said Henry as he entered: "you seem in a +hurry."</p> + +<p>"In a hurry!" Ned replied, gasping for breath: "in a hurry! Why, it's +all found out!" said he, waving his cap over his head.</p> + +<p>"What is found out?" asked George, laughing heartily at Ned's grotesque +appearance. "Look at your leg through your pin-afore."</p> + +<p>"Never mind," said he: "Kitty will mend that. But it is all found out! +the <i>thief</i> is found out." As he uttered these words, he <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span>seized Henry +by the hand, who, with George and himself, hastened down stairs, Ned +repeating all the way, "It's all found out! <i>I</i> have found him out!" +He dragged them both into the school-room, where most of the boys were +assembled. Dr. Harris, who was disturbed by the noise, also followed; +and, upon his entering, Ned called out, with a loud voice, "I charge +you, Charles Greene, with stealing Scott's money, and will prove it!"</p> + +<p>Greene started, as though he had seen something unnatural. "I,—I," was +all he could articulate, and he turned as white as possible.</p> + +<p>"Yes," says Ned, "I have just been into Dame Birch's, the pie-woman, +who said that you had then been to pay the money you owed her, and that +she was very glad she had got clear of you."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p> + +<p>He then related to Dr. Harris, the conversation he had had with the +pie-woman about ten minutes before. "As I was walking to the shop, +Sir," he said, "I saw Greene take his leave, when he was busily +thrusting something into his pockets, I went into the shop, and Mrs. +Birch told me that Greene had just paid her the remainder of his debt. +I asked what debt it was; and she told me that it had been owing a long +time: that, about a month ago, he went there and changed a sovereign, +and paid her eight shillings out of fourteen he owed her; and that he +wished the whole of the sovereign had belonged to himself, but it did +not; for one of the other boys was to have half, as he had been with +him when he had found it."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span></p> + +<p>Greene, who had by this time in some measure recovered from his first +shock, here interrupted Ned by saying, "I never told her so: I said +my father gave it to me, which he did. He told me that my uncle from +London had called and left it for me."</p> + +<p>Ned declared he had told Dr. Harris the truth, and every word that Dame +Birch had said, except that she added, "I believe I should never have +got the money, if I had not threatened to go to his master."</p> + +<p>Dame Birch was now sent for, and confirmed what little Ned had stated; +and in answer to a question from Dr. Harris, why she allowed the boys +to get so much in debt? said, that she could not help it with Greene, +for he would have what he chose; but that it was not all for cakes: +part of it <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span>was payment for two squares of glass, which he broke when +fighting, one day, with another boy.</p> + +<p>During the interview, Henry and George, and one or two of their +school-fellows, hastened to Mr. Greene's house, (for he fortunately +lived at a short distance from the village,) to have his son's account +either confirmed or denied. On their reaching the door, they knocked +with great authority; and upon the servant's opening it, they demanded +to see his master immediately, as they had some very important business +with him. The servant informed Mr. Greene of their visit, and he came +out of the parlour and demanded what business they could have with him; +when George said, "Sir, we have taken the liberty to call upon you, to +know whether you gave <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span>your son Charles a sovereign about a month ago.</p> + +<p>"Gave him what?" said the old gentleman: "gave him a sovereign! Not I, +indeed: I hope I know better what to do with my money. His mother might +have given him six-pence or so; but we should never think of giving him +any thing like a sovereign."</p> + +<p>He then returned into the parlour, and they heard him ask Mrs. Greene, +if she knew of Charles's having a sovereign about a month ago, when she +answered, "No, my dear."</p> + +<p>This was quite satisfactory to Henry and his friends; and without +waiting any further ceremony, they started off for the school.</p> + +<p>In the mean time Greene, having ascertained that they were gone to his +father's to make enquiry, had confessed that it was he who <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span>had stolen +the money out of Scott's box; and when they returned, he was surrounded +by all the boys, who were upbraiding and taunting him with his villany. +His own friends too were against him; and, from shame and agitation of +mind, he looked most wretchedly.</p> + +<p>It is impossible to describe the scene which now took place in the +school-room. Henry, whose mind was relieved from the depression +occasioned by this disgraceful charge, was caressed and congratulated +by every boy in the school. Mrs. Harris kissed him affectionately, +and said she felt confident of his innocence from the first, and had +never despaired of its being made evident. Juliana and Eliza were also +amongst the first to bestow their approbation upon his conduct. George +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>and little Ned were delighted beyond measure to see their friend once +more made happy, and hoped soon to have him as the chief in their +youthful sports.</p> + +<p>But it was far different with Greene, who now felt all the wretchedness +of one convicted of theft, and detected in basely attaching the +disgraceful charge to an innocent and praiseworthy lad. He had taken +his seat at the extremity of the school-room, and was hiding his face +in his hands; and though a boy of wonderful spirits and strong nerve, +was now bathed in tears, and sobbing aloud. Dr. Harris, who had been +giving him a very severe lecture, still stood over him, impressing upon +him the necessity of retiring into his room, to seek from God that +forgiveness in prayer and repentance, which, he too much <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>feared, would +not be easily obtained from his offended and disgusted school-fellows. +He now, therefore, arose, and made his way towards the door, in doing +which he had again to encounter the execrations and pointed fingers of +the boys, who cried, as he passed them, "Go, thou thief!" and followed +him until they saw him enter the house.</p> + +<p>Henry, however, was the only lad who did not upbraid him; for, though +Greene had behaved in so disgraceful a manner towards him, he could not +but feel distressed to see him appear almost brokenhearted. He still +remembered, in the midst of his joy, that but a few hours had elapsed +since he felt all the wretchedness of one <i>supposed</i> to be guilty of +theft. "What then," <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span>he said to himself, "must be the feelings of +him who stands <i>convicted</i> of the crime, and therefore has not the +consciousness of innocence to support him? I cannot find in my heart to +upbraid him," he said, as he took George and Ned by the hand and led +them across the lawn.</p> + +<p>They continued their walk until bed-time, when they returned, and Henry +again experienced the sweets of a good night's rest, the sure reward of +integrity.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" id="illo91"> +<img src="images/i_091.jpg" width="330" height="400" alt="" /> +<div class="caption"> + +<p class="center no-indent">"What shall I do?" "I will leave the School" + +<i>page 85</i><br /></p></div></div> + +<p>Greene, on the contrary, was now distressed beyond measure: his night +was restless and unrefreshing; and as the time was fast approaching +when he must again face his master and his school-fellows, remorse and +dread had taken possession of his mind, and he felt as if he had not +strength to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>dress himself. "What shall I do?" he exclaimed, as he +again threw himself across the bed: "I cannot enter the school-room, +nor face my school-fellows; for I know they must despise me. I, who +have hitherto taken the lead in the school, and have done as I chose +with the boys, am now to be pointed at and spurned by the least in +the place. I will leave the school directly," he added, rising from +the bed, and making another attempt to dress: "I will leave the +school directly, and hasten to my uncle's in London." With this rash +determination he concluded, when, taking up his jacket, he discovered, +upon the back of it, that which had before escaped his notice, the +words "<span class="smcap">THIEF</span>" and "<span class="smcap">LIAR</span>," in large characters. This +fresh assault cut him to the heart. He dropped the coat, and fell +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span>upon his knees at the foot of the bed, praying aloud to his Maker for +forgiveness, and promising never to offend in the like manner again. +He concluded by exclaiming, in great agitation: "Where shall I find a +friend to plead for me? and to whom, among my school-fellows, can I now +look for support?"</p> + +<p>"To me! to me!" cried Henry, who was passing his chamber at the time, +and whose kind heart overflowed with pity at the distressed bewailings +of this repentant boy. "I will be your friend, and seek forgiveness +from your school-fellows. Though you have grossly injured me, I cannot, +must not bear malice. Dr. Harris tells us we should forget and forgive."</p> + +<p>"And do <i>you</i> forgive me, Henry?" he exclaimed: "can you forgive one +who has acted so basely towards you?"</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I can and do," he answered, "and will beg of Dr. Harris to forgive you +also." He then seized him by the hand, and, half undressed as he was, +with his coat under his arm, and his eyes swollen with crying, he drew +him to the school-room, where Dr. Harris had just taken his seat. As +he made his way towards the desk, the boys were greatly surprised, and +wondered when they heard Henry ask Dr. Harris to forgive him. "I found +him, Sir," continued Henry, "upon his knees, asking forgiveness of the +Almighty, and making promises of future amendment. I therefore, as far +as I am concerned, heartily forgive him, and I hope, Sir, you will do +the same."</p> + +<p>Dr. Harris then addressed Greene in his most impressive manner, +telling him that he was glad to find he was made sensible of his +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span>error; and was also happy to see him so full of contrition: adding, +"that, as it is the sincere wish of Henry, to whom you ought to be +for ever grateful, I am willing to think no more of this matter. But +it is not to me, so much as to your school-fellows, you need look for +forgiveness; and to them you ought to apply, as being the parties +offended."</p> + +<p>Henry then took him down the school, and by his earnest entreaties and +pathetic address, obtained his pardon.</p> + +<p>Greene now retired, and in a short time returned to his lessons, +somewhat happier than when he arose, but still depressed by shame.</p> + +<p>The next day Mr. Wardour returned, and had the felicity to find his son +restored to health and happiness. When he heard of his acquittal, and +of his noble conduct in obtaining <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span>pardon for Greene, he pressed him +to his bosom, and almost shed tears of joy. He then exhorted him to be +always grateful for this providential discovery of his innocence, and +to let all the future actions of his life be governed by the same noble +principles as he had followed upon this trying occasion. After making +a present to George and little Ned, for their friendly conduct towards +his son, he obtained a holiday for the whole school, and took his leave.</p> + +<p>Mr. Greene, upon hearing of his son's conduct, would have severely +punished him, had not Dr. Harris assured him of his contrition, and +begged of him to inflict no further chastisement than he had already +received from his little school-follows. He therefore contented himself +with making Scott a handsome present.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span></p> + +<p>Mrs. Harris and her daughters had been lately busy in relieving the +family of poor Martha Watson, whom the late circumstances had brought +under their notice. The husband, by this good lady's well-timed +attendance, had now recovered his health, and had gone to work, while +the children were clothed and made decent in their appearance; and +their mother never failed to bless the names of Henry and George, and +to thank that Providence which had directed them to her cottage.</p> + +<p>Greene still continued in a gloomy state, when he was happily relieved +from it by his uncle prevailing upon his father to let him go a voyage +to the East Indies with him; and, in less than a month, he departed +from that place, which had now become <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span>irksome to him; but not without +first being well convinced, that "<i>honesty is the best policy</i>."</p> + +<p>Henry and George still continued to be beloved by their school-fellows; +and each remained happy in the possession of a good conscience.</p> + + +<p class="center">THE END.</p> + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<p class="center">Harvey, Darton, and Co. Printers, Gracechurch-Street.</p> +<hr class="chap" /> + + + +<p class="center no-indent"> +CHILDREN'S BOOKS,<br /> +<br /> +<small>PUBLISHED BY</small><br /> +<br /> +<i><big>HARVEY AND DARTON</big></i>,<br /> +<br /> +GRACECHURCH-STREET,<br /> +<br /> +<i>LONDON</i>.<br /></p> + +<hr class="r5" /> + +<p>DOMESTIC PLEASURES; or, the Happy Fire-side. Illustrated by +interesting conversations. By <i>F.B. Vaux.</i> Price 4s. 6d. boards.</p> + +<p>IMITATION. By <i>Maria Benson</i>. Author of "Thoughts on Education, +System and no System." Price 2s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>The CONVERSATIONS of EMILY. Abridged from the French. 18mo. Price +3s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>DIALOGUES on curious Subjects in Natural History, 18mo. Price 2s. +half bound.</p> + +<p>The HISTORY of a TAME ROBIN. Supposed to be written by himself. +Price 2s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>The HISTORY of MUNGO, the little Traveller. By <i>Mary Mister</i>. Price +1s. 6d.</p> + +<p>The ADVENTURES of a DOLL. By the Author of "Mungo, &c." Price +2s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>TALES from the MOUNTAINS. By the Author of "Mungo, &c." Price +2s. 6d.</p> + +<p>GUSTAVUS; or, the Macaw. A Story to teach Children the proper value +of Things. Price 2s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>The ORACLE; or, the Friend of Youth. By the Author of "A Cup of +Sweets." Price 2s. half bound.</p> + +<p>MAY-DAY; or, Anecdotes of Lydia Lively. Price 2s.</p> + +<p>BUDS of GENIUS; or, some Account of the early Lives of celebrated +Characters who were remarkable in their Childhood. Price 2s. half +bound.</p> + +<p>The Principal Events in the LIFE of MOSES, and in the Journey of +the Israelites from Egypt to Canaan. By <i>Henry Lacey</i>. Illustrated by +fifteen Engravings. Price 3s. neatly half bound, roan backs.</p> + +<p>SCRIPTURAL STORIES, for very Young Children. By the Author of "The +Decoy." Price 1s.</p> + +<p>The HISTORY of LITTLE DAVY's NEW HAT. By <i>Robert Bloomfield</i>. Author +of the "Farmer's Boy," "Rural Tales, &c." With Plates. Price 2s. +half bound.</p> + +<p>The LITTLE VISITORS. In Words composed of One and Two Syllables. +Price 1s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>STORIES of ANIMALS, intended for Children between five and seven +years old. By <i>Maria Hack</i>. 16mo. With Copper-plates. Price 2s. 6d. +half bound.</p> + +<p>WINTER EVENINGS; or Tales of Travellers. By <i>Maria Hack</i>, 4 vols. +18mo. Price 10s. half bound.</p> + +<p>HARRY BEAUFOY; or, the Pupil of Nature. By <i>Maria Hack</i>. 18mo. 2s. +6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>The WINTER VACATION; or, Holidays in the Country. Price 1s. 6d. half +bound.</p> + +<p>The SUMMER VACATION. Price 1s. 6d. half bound.</p> + +<p>The INFANT MINSTREL; or, Poetry for Young Minds. Price 1s. 6d. half +bound.</p> + +<p>The DEW-DROP; or, Summer Morning's Walk. By <i>F.B. Vaux</i>. With +Plates. Price 1s.</p> + +<p>LITTLE ANECDOTES for Little People. By <i>Mary Mister</i>. Price 1s.</p> + +<p>EASY LESSONS for INFANTS; and short Stories, written from Facts. +With coloured cuts. Price 1s. 6d.</p> + +<p>VERSES for Little Children. Written by a young Lady, for the +Amusement of her junior Brothers and sisters. With Copper-plates. Price +6d.</p> + +<p>STORIES for Children. By <i>S. Hayes</i>. With Copper-plates. Price +6d.</p> + +<p>A NEW-YEAR'S GIFT for a young Cottager. With a Frontispiece. Price +6d.</p> + +<p>The STORY of ELLEN and MARY; or, the Advantage of Humility. With +Copper-plates. Price 1s.</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/i_b_cover.jpg" width="294" height="400" alt="" /></div> + + + + +<div class="transnote">Transcriber's Note: + +<p>Some punctuation has been silently altered.</p> + +<p>The following words have been changed.</p> + +<p class="indent">dètermined is now determined</p> +<p class="indent">Goerge is now George</p></div> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Friends, by Unknown + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FRIENDS *** + +***** This file should be named 44178-h.htm or 44178-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/4/4/1/7/44178/ + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Sue Fleming and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This +file was produced from images generously made available +by The Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/44178-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/44178-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c95443 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178-h/images/cover.jpg diff --git a/old/44178-h/images/i_001.jpg b/old/44178-h/images/i_001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1249a07 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178-h/images/i_001.jpg diff --git a/old/44178-h/images/i_004.jpg b/old/44178-h/images/i_004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4c12a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178-h/images/i_004.jpg diff --git a/old/44178-h/images/i_058.jpg b/old/44178-h/images/i_058.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9105fe3 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178-h/images/i_058.jpg diff --git a/old/44178-h/images/i_079.jpg b/old/44178-h/images/i_079.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7430bc --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178-h/images/i_079.jpg diff --git a/old/44178-h/images/i_091.jpg b/old/44178-h/images/i_091.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f22903b --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178-h/images/i_091.jpg diff --git a/old/44178-h/images/i_b_cover.jpg b/old/44178-h/images/i_b_cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b70ae24 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178-h/images/i_b_cover.jpg diff --git a/old/44178.txt b/old/44178.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..66cb858 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1743 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Friends, by Unknown + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license + + +Title: The Friends + or, The Triumph of Innocence over False Charges + +Author: Unknown + +Release Date: November 14, 2013 [EBook #44178] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FRIENDS *** + + + + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Sue Fleming and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This +file was produced from images generously made available +by The Internet Archive) + + + + + + + + + + [Illustration: _page 11._ + + --"may Heaven bless & direct you"! + + _London, Published by Harvey & Darton, 56 Gracechurch Street, + 10th Dec. 1822._] + + + + + THE FRIENDS; + + OR, + + THE TRIUMPH OF INNOCENCE + + OVER + + _FALSE CHARGES_. + + A Tale, + FOUNDED ON FACTS. + + "TIME AT LAST SETS ALL THINGS EVEN." + + LONDON: + PRINTED FOR HARVEY AND DARTON, + GRACECHURCH-STREET. + + 1822. + + + + + THE FRIENDS, &c. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + +In one of the pleasant villages in the beautiful county of Kent, was +situated a boarding-school of considerable celebrity. It had, for many +years, been distinguished for possessing an excellent master, in the +person of the Rev. Dr. Harris, who, by his amiable manners and sound +knowledge, had obtained the friendship of the surrounding gentry; while +his fatherly interest in behalf of the affairs of the poor, caused him +to be universally beloved. He was curate of the parish, as well as +school-master; and his parishioners and scholars were alike the objects +of his tender regard and anxious solicitude. + +His family consisted of a wife and two daughters, who were equally +respected by all who had the pleasure of their acquaintance. Mrs. +Harris was, indeed, every way worthy of her amiable partner; and her +greatest pleasure consisted in doing good. Although frequently herself +in a very weak state of health; yet, neither the inclemency of the +weather, nor the distance, deterred her from going, in person, to +visit, to comfort, and to assist those of her fellow-creatures who +were in distress. It was quite enough for her to know that any of her +poorer neighbours were in want, to command her immediate aid; and, by +thus setting them a good Christian example, she was better enabled +to assist her amiable husband in enforcing the mild and wholesome +doctrines of religion. + +Her lovely daughters, too, Juliana and Eliza, were of sufficient ages +to be her companions in these charitable visits; and their hearts +panted for the power to do good, and longed to receive and to deserve +such blessings as were bestowed, with grateful lips, upon their beloved +mother, whenever she passed the cottages of the poor. They pitied +their wants and sufferings, and participated and rejoiced in their +happiness; and frequently expressed a desire for riches, to enable them +to relieve their misfortunes. Upon such occasions, Mrs. Harris never +failed to impress upon their young minds this valuable truth: that +wealth does not always afford the best means of doing good. She used to +say, that those children who sincerely wish to do an act of charity, +seldom want the means of doing something to relieve the necessities +and soothe the afflictions of those who are pining in wretchedness; +for even a kind consoling word, with a very little personal attention, +was often esteemed more valuable, and even proved to be more useful, +than money, to those whose spirits as well as bodies were pressed down +by distress. Added to this advice, this excellent lady seldom let an +opportunity pass of enforcing the most strict and pious attention to +their religious duties. Her motto was: + + "Teach me to feel another's woe, + To hide the fault I see: + That mercy I to others show, + That mercy show to me." + +The school was at the extremity of the village, and attached to the +parsonage-house. The situation was retired and beautiful. At a little +distance stood the village church, in all its ancient simplicity, +except that it had, for some years, been nearly covered with ivy; the +most pleasing decoration that it is possible for Nature to bestow upon +a country place of worship. Its green and glossy leaf, whether viewed +by the soft glow of moon-light, or by the broad glare of sun-shine, is +always an object of admiration. + +The number of scholars was about forty; and in this, as in other +schools, boys of various dispositions were to be found. Some possessed +all the good temper and vivacity that could be wished; and their +faults were seldom of so serious a nature as to demand more than a +slight reproof: while others were morose, passionate, envious, and +disobliging; imposing upon their younger school-fellows at every +opportunity, and perplexing those of their own age by frequent +interruptions in their sports and lessons. + +Amongst the number of those who were generally beloved by their +school-fellows, were Henry Wardour and George Harrington, the sons +of two respectable tradesmen, who were partners in a very lucrative +business in London. George had been so unfortunate as to lose his mamma +when he was scarcely five years of age; and as he was the only child, +Mrs. Wardour, who had always entertained great esteem for his parents, +requested of his papa to allow her the pleasure of instructing him with +her son Henry. To an offer so kind and advantageous, Mr. Harrington +could have no objection; but fearing that the task would become +irksome, and be too great an exertion for his friend, he endeavoured +to persuade her from her purpose; when she replied: "The trouble, Sir, +I beg you will not think about: it will be nothing. While teaching my +own son, I shall feel a pleasure in imparting the same instruction +to yours. Besides, I promised my dear friend Mrs. H. when on her +death-bed, that I would be a parent to her son; therefore, Sir, I beg +you will grant my request." Mr. Harrington consented, and deferred his +plan of sending George to a preparatory school; and he was admitted at +once into the house of Mrs. Wardour. + +Henry, who was about eight months older than his friend, looked upon +this arrangement with unusual joy. As he had no brother, George had +hitherto been his frequent play-fellow; and the knowledge that he was +now about to live in the same house, to eat, drink, sleep, and play +with him, gave him a pleasure which he had never before felt. + +Thus, from so early an association, their friendship became deeply +rooted; and as Mrs. Wardour was a lady well qualified for the task she +had imposed upon herself, the lads made considerable progress in their +education, and continued to do so until they were eleven or twelve +years of age, when their kind preceptress was attacked with a severe +sickness. In this state she had continued upwards of a month, when her +husband, seeing no immediate prospect of her recovery, and fearing the +lads might lose all the learning they had received while under her +care, prevailed upon her to let them be sent to school. To this she at +length consented; and the school of Dr. Harris having been strongly +recommended, they were put under the superintendence of that gentleman. + +Before leaving home, however, their parents gave them their parting +blessing; and Mr. Wardour, pressing them affectionately by the hand, +told them they were now about to begin a little world for themselves: +"therefore," said he, in an earnest and impressive manner, "may Heaven +bless and direct all your actions, so that you may grow up to be +honest, brave, and good men. And remember well what I now say: if ever +I hear that you are quarrelsome, you will displease me much; but if I +find that you are unjust in your dealings towards your school-fellows, +I shall punish you severely. Above all, be friends to one another." +With this advice, and a determination to attend to it, our little +friends bid their parents farewell. + +The dispositions of Henry and George were somewhat different, and yet +they continued to be sincere friends. Henry was mild, good-natured, +and patient. George was good-natured, but hasty and passionate; and +though Mrs. Wardour took great pains to impress upon his youthful +mind the danger he was continually in, from not being able to control +his temper, she never succeeded in teaching him that mildness so +much admired in her own son. But in every other respect he was truly +amiable; and if, in his passion, he was ever led into any serious +error, he never failed to beg pardon of those whom he had offended, and +always made every amends in his power. + +By this failing in George's temper, Henry was too frequently a +sufferer; for he was always obliged to give up whatever play-things +the other wished for, which he generally did with readiness and good +temper, although he was oldest of the two. But this was only the case +when they were very young; for, from the time that they had left home, +and had been put under the care of Dr. Harris, they were, if possible, +greater friends than ever; and George had so far succeeded in mastering +his temper, as seldom to be in a passion, and never with his friend +Henry. He still, however, possessed that nobleness and high spirit, +which mostly checked him in doing a wrong action, and always prompted +him to interfere in behalf of any of his school-fellows whom he thought +were unjustly treated; in which he was ably seconded by his friend +Henry. + +In personal appearance there was little similarity. Henry was weak, +pale, and delicate: George, strong, fresh-coloured, and vigorous. Many +a time had Mrs. Wardour watched over her weakly but truly beautiful +boy, with an anxious eye, fearing that she should never be able to rear +him to manhood. But since he had been with Dr. Harris, his health had +much improved. His face, which had before been pale, was now tanned +with the heat of the sun; and the fresh country air had given an +additional brightness to his fine dark eyes: while the healthy round +face, and plump appearance of George, seemed to improve in a like +degree. + +In short, these boys, by their politeness and good-nature, rather than +by their appearance, were beloved by all their school-fellows, except +a few of the malicious, envious dispositions, who only disliked them +because they sometimes resisted their impositions, and detected their +falsehoods. + +With their master's family they were also more intimate; and though Dr. +Harris never made any distinction, or showed any partiality to one boy +more than to another, yet it was not so with his two daughters, Juliana +and Eliza. They had their favourites; and though Henry and George were +nearly the last comers, and had not been more than three months in the +school, they had so won upon the young ladies, (who were nearly of the +same age as themselves,) by their cheerfulness, and polite attention in +gathering pretty flowers, cleaning their bird-cages, &c. as to be their +decided favourites. + +Mrs. Harris had also entertained a regard for Henry, from the moment +she first saw him, as he strongly resembled a late son of hers, who +was unfortunately drowned when about his age. + +And it was well for Henry that he possessed so many friends; for in +the difficulties he afterwards had to contend with, he stood in great +need of them; and as my little readers are now pretty well acquainted +with their characters, they shall hear in what those difficulties +consisted. But before entering upon the principal circumstances in this +little history, it will be necessary to acquaint my young friends with +a trifling affair that took place about a month or six weeks after the +arrival of Henry and George. By their interference upon this occasion, +they put an end to an evil, a species of _fagging_, which had been +practised unknown to the master; while they at the same time roused +the bad dispositions of some of the elder boys, as will be seen in the +sequel. + + + + +CHAP. II. + + +It had been a custom in Dr. Harris's school to admit an aged woman, +once a week, to call with cakes, lozenges, and other sweetmeats; and as +she was very poor, each lad was allowed, and indeed expected, to lay +out a penny with her. This they did very willingly, not merely because +she generally had a good assortment of those things which little boys +are fond of, but because she was cheerful, civil, and obliging; and +frequently took in good part, the tricks they so often played upon +her. She used also to bring her grand-daughter Emma with her, for +the purpose of taking the money, and carrying her basket, which was a +pleasing duty to this little girl, for she dearly loved her grandmother. + +This well-intended plan of compelling the boys to spend their money in +the school-room, though of benefit to Dame Higgins, (for that was her +name,) at length caused a violent irruption, by giving the elder boys +an opportunity of imposing upon the younger ones; when, if they had +been allowed to have spent their half-pence in the village, they might +have evaded the impost which was laid upon them. The old woman used to +arrive regularly every Wednesday and Saturday afternoons, which were +half-holidays; and Dr. Harris, fearing that if all were admitted at one +time, she might be confused, had ordered that they should proceed by +rotation, but only six at a time; consequently, the biggest boys always +entered first, and then waited at the other door till the rest came +out with their cakes, fruit, or sweetmeats. Now, so much power had the +elder boys, (particularly Brown, Greene, and Walker,) over the rest, +that they regularly exacted from them either a plum, a cake, a pear, or +something of what they had purchased. + +Soon after Henry and George had arrived at the school, and they were +passing through the door which led into the play-ground, with their +cakes, they were stopped, amongst the rest, and asked by Walker for a +bit of something; and as they saw most of the boys gave one thing or +other, and being themselves good-natured, they readily bestowed their +portion; and this was repeated for three or four weeks. + +About this time little Ned Hooper, a lad much liked by most of the +boys for his mirth and good humour, came up to George, with a tear in +his eye, and said, "Look here! see what these fellows have left me, +out of what I bought: they have taken above half," added he, showing +a few lozenges, "and all because I said they ought to be ashamed of +themselves for so doing." + +"Ashamed, indeed!" cried George, with indignation; "and are those all +they have left you?" + +"Yes; and they had as many from me last week, but I did not say any +thing about it," said Ned. + +"Why did you give them any this week, if they had so many from you the +week before?" asked Henry. + +"Because I am not strong enough to prevent them, or they should not +have one from me. But it is so with all us little boys. They take some +of our gingerbread or fruit from us every week." And he then walked +away crying. + +Some of the other boys who stood round, confirmed what little Ned had +said, and told George and Henry that they would be obliged to submit +to the same, as long as those _tyrants_ were in the school; for they +had taken from them ever since they had been there. They then went +and fetched little Ned, who had just finished the lozenges they had +left him, and then cheerfully joined in the play as though nothing had +happened. + +Not so our two young friends, who were much hurt to see their little +school-fellows imposed upon; and endeavoured to find out some plan by +which they might put an end to so shameful a practice. They at first +thought of offering them a certain quantity from amongst all the boys; +but afterwards determined upon stopping it altogether, by a combination +amongst their school-fellows. "For why," said George, in an animated +tone, "should one boy be allowed to act unjustly towards another, +merely because he is older or stronger? It is 'might overcoming right;' +and therefore I think we should be justified in resisting these +_tyrants_, as they are properly called, by every means in our power." + +They then joined the rest at play, having resolved to make them +acquainted with their determination before the next arrival of Dame +Higgins. + +This opportunity soon offered; for about four o'clock the same +afternoon, Greene, Walker, Brown, and those with whom they generally +associated, left the school to take a walk through the town. Henry +observed all the boys whom he had seen at the door, when they passed +with their cakes, leave the play-ground; and mentioned to his friend +George, that it would be a good time to ask their school-fellows +whether they would join in their resistance. Henry, therefore, +collected them together; and George informed them that he had a plan +to submit, how they might preserve their cakes from the _tyrants_; +which occasioned an expression of great joy among the little boys, who +thought they saw in their two new school-fellows, worthy and trusty +champions. + +"What is it?" "How shall we do it?" was asked by many an anxious and +eager boy, who had long wished to have some one whom they might look +up to as their leader. + +"Why, we were thinking," said George, "that it is a shameful thing for +so many of us to submit to be robbed by so small a number of boys, +merely because they are a little bigger than ourselves; and therefore +Henry and I have determined to refuse giving another cake or sweetmeat, +provided you will support us." + +"We will, we will," they cried. "And they shall soon find out they are +not to rob us when they please," cried little Ned. "But how do you +intend to do it," he asked, laying hold of George's hand. + +"Why to-morrow," said he, "Dame Higgins will be here again; and I have +no doubt but that the same demand will be made of us as heretofore; but +Henry and myself, with some others, will immediately follow them, and +when they make their request, we will refuse to comply, and hold them +at bay till the rest arrive, when we will boldly resist, and force our +way into the play-ground." + +To this plan their school-fellows readily assented, and promised not to +say a word about it, for fear they should make the _tyrants_ acquainted +with their intention. They then went to their sports, which were not +unfrequently interrupted in their progress by the consideration of +their forthcoming resistance. + +At length the important day arrived, which, as usual, brought Dame +Higgins to the school. The morning had passed in rather a confused +manner; and a constant buzzing and whispering was heard throughout +the little assembly. "I don't mind a thrashing," said little Ned, in +a whisper to George, "if I can preserve my cakes, and disappoint +those greedy fellows." He had no sooner uttered the words, than the +well-known voice of Dame Higgins was heard, and his determination was +put to the test; for the elder boys hastened, as usual, to her basket, +purchased what they wanted, and took their stations at the next door. +Henry, George, and Ned, accompanied by three of the most resolute +boys, immediately followed, and, as was agreed upon, refused to give a +single sweetmeat; they were therefore stopped in their passage through +the room, when they were happily joined by their comrades. They now +determined to force their way through, and had just made a grand rush, +when, to their surprise and mortification, Dr. Harris appeared before +them. They shrunk back with amazement: Greene and his companions +through shame, and Henry and his friends from fear. + +The Doctor seeing their confusion, called upon Greene, who was the +eldest boy, to explain the cause of it; but Greene was silent. "What +is the reason of this disturbance?" he again asked. "I insist upon +knowing. Some one tell me immediately." + +Henry, who was not at all desirous of informing Dr. Harris of the +affair, would now willingly have made his retreat, had not little Ned, +with some others, stepped forward at the time, which reminded him it +was their cause, and not his own, that he was to plead. The master +now mentioned his name, and demanded of him the cause of the riot. He +therefore plainly stated the case, and told every thing connected +with it; and when he had finished, many a little boy took courage to +tell his piteous tale, of what he had lost by the tyranny of the elder +scholars, and begged their master would prevent it in future. + +"As to the cakes," said little Ned, (taking off the hairy cap he used +to wear, and looking at Dr. Harris as seriously as his little merry +face would allow,) "as to the cakes, I'll be bound to say, there are as +many in their boxes as would fill a cake-shop." + +The boxes were immediately searched, and although not quite so many +were found as little Ned supposed, yet there were sufficient to +convince their master of the truth of the statement he had just heard. +He therefore gave them a severe punishment, in the presence of the +little boys whom they had been so long in the habit of ill-treating; +and distributed all the apples, sweetmeats, and other things which he +found, including about seven hundred marbles, to the joyous crowd, who +were congratulating each other upon their victory. + + + + +CHAP. III. + + +Henry and George now stood very high in the estimation of the great +majority of their school-fellows. They were caressed, honoured, and +looked upon as their first boys; while Greene and his friends were +treated with contempt and derision. They had no longer the power to +command and overawe the rest, with a blow or a black look. Their power +had ceased; but, unfortunately, the chastisement they had received, +instead of convincing them of their error, had only roused their evil +dispositions; and they now anxiously looked for an opportunity to +avenge the punishment they had received, through the interference of +Henry Wardour, against whom, in particular, they had an inveterate +spite. Nor did they long wish in vain; for, in a very short time, +another occurrence took place, of a far more serious nature, and which +had nearly thrown Henry into a severe illness. It was nothing less +than a suspicion of theft. His bed-fellow, whose name was Scott, when +he arose one morning, discovered that his box had been broken open, +and his purse, which had contained a new sovereign and two or three +shillings, had been emptied of its contents, and then replaced under +his Sunday clothes. Scott missed the money while looking for some +trifling article in his box; and having mentioned the thing, the boys +collected round him to hear his account of the matter. There were also +some boys who came out of another room up stairs, and among them Greene +and Walker, who, having heard what Scott had to say, at once declared, +that it was impossible for any one but the boy who slept in the same +room, to have stolen the money. + +George, who heard this direct charge against his friend Henry, +instantly fired up, and, in his passion, flew upon Greene, who had +made the charge, and struck him; when a scuffle ensued, the noise of +which brought out Dr. Harris, who, upon hearing an account of the loss +from Scott, told him that he was very likely to have mislaid the money +somewhere; and that he had no doubt but that, if he made search for +it, he would soon find it. George, with whom he was extremely angry +for his rashness in striking Greene, was immediately ordered into the +school-room, and punished by having a long lesson given him to learn. +Before he went, he turned round to Dr. Harris, and said that he was +sorry for having struck Greene; but he should have been ashamed of +himself, if he had stood quietly by, and heard his friend accused in +his absence, of so shameful a crime. "I am sure," he added, with his +usual vehemence, his face reddening, and his hand closely clenched, +"that Henry is not guilty; and Greene ought to be ashamed of himself, +for making such a charge against him." + +Greene, who stood behind the other boys wiping his face, which was a +little bruised by the blow he had received, then said, "that he should +not be surprised if Master George himself had had something to do in +it; for he seemed very much offended by what he had said." + +"You are a mean-spirited fellow," said George; "and----" + +"Silence! silence, boys!" cried Dr. Harris. "How dare you make such +accusations against each other! The money may have been mislaid, and +will, no doubt, be found. I desire that a strict search may be made: +until that is done, let me not hear another word about it. I never had +a thief in my school; and if I ever find a boy out in such practices, +he shall meet with the severest punishment I can inflict." + +Every eye was now anxiously looking out for Henry Wardour, who had +obtained leave of Mrs. Harris, to accompany her daughters, to gather +some flowers at the gardeners, and to go on another little errand or +two. For so much was Henry beloved by this good lady, that she had +made him her little messenger; and whenever she wanted to send any +thing into the town, he was sure to be the lad chosen so carry it. Dr. +Harris was made acquainted with his absence this morning, but wished +for his return, that he might question him as to this unpleasant affair. + +The business, however, which Henry had been sent upon, detained him +until after school had commenced; and, having hastened with his +breakfast, and brushed his clothes, he immediately entered the school, +when all eyes were directed towards him. Henry being a very bashful +lad, could not bear this unusual stare; and fearing, at the same time, +that Dr. Harris had been saying something about his long absence, he +blushed deeply, as he hung his hat upon the peg and took his seat. + +Walker, who sat at the further end of the same desk, seeing Henry +somewhat confused, cried out, loud enough for some of the boys to hear +him, "Look at him!" When George, who sat near, turned round, and said, +"Well, what do you see?" "Why, guilt in his face," added Greene. + +This conversation would probably have continued, had not Dr. Harris, +who had hitherto been engaged at his desk, suddenly arose from his +seat, and walked down the school; when, observing Henry in his place, +he, with a smile on his countenance, beckoned him to follow to his +desk, which Henry immediately obeyed, though with a trembling step. + +This was a moment of great interest. Every eye was attracted to the +top of the school; and a tear of joy stood in George's eye, as he saw +Dr. Harris affectionately take his friend by the hand, and whisper +something to him. It was at this moment too, that every boy in the +school took upon himself to translate the looks and actions of Henry +and his master. They observed every change in Henry's countenance, with +an anxiety equal to the love they bore him; for very few, if any of his +school-fellows, for a moment thought him guilty of the charge brought +against him by Greene; although four or five of them, whose jealousy +had been roused by the general respect in which Henry was held, and +who still remembered their own disgrace by his interference, readily +seconded the accusation, in the hope that, by so doing, they would +lessen the esteem which Mrs. Harris and her daughters appeared to have +for him. The _tyrants_, indeed, were noted as the enemies of Henry and +George; and this charge coming from, and being strenuously supported by +this party, led the rest of the boys to examine their probable motive. + +During this long interview with Dr. Harris, Henry was alternately +depressed and surprised. At one moment a tear would be seen to +start in his eye, and at another he seemed about to appeal to his +school-fellows, when he was soothed by the kindness of his master, who +told him to calm his fears, and return to his seat for the morning, +assuring him of his assistance to clear up the matter. + +As Henry walked down the school, with a dejected countenance, his eye +instinctively turned toward his friend George, who had been anxiously +observing him during the whole time his master had been conversing with +him. It seemed to George to say, "I am charged with a serious fault, +and I shall stand in need of all the help you can afford me;" and a +careless observer might, in a moment, have seen, by the friendly and +benignant smile upon George's face, that he would surely have it. + +During the whole of the morning's school-hours, Henry found it +impossible to attend to his lessons. His mind was so absorbed in the +approaching examination, which his master had told him should take +place directly after twelve o'clock, that his sums were all done wrong, +and his copies badly written. Nor was he the only boy in the school who +was in this state of mind. His friend George felt for him, and appeared +as anxious about it, as though he himself had been charged with the +theft. The last words of Mr. Wardour occurred to his thoughts: "Above +all, be friends to one another;" and the impressive manner in which it +was said, was still fresh upon his memory. "Be friends to one another!" +he exclaimed to himself: "ay, I will be _his_ friend, because I am sure +he is mine; and because I am sure, also, that he is innocent of this +suspected robbery." + +Little Ned too was restless all the morning, and longed for the time to +arrive, when Henry would once more be enabled to put the _tyrants_ to +the blush. His little merry heart was, for once, depressed; but he had +strong hopes that it would all end in the discomfiture of Greene and +his friends. + +Doctor Harris had as yet refrained from stating the circumstance to his +family; but as the hour was near at hand when he determined to have +a general search, he thought it best to make them acquainted with it, +though with little hopes of gaining any information from them. When +Mrs. Harris heard the tale, she treated it with indifference, and said +that she had no doubt but that the money would be forthcoming; for it +was her opinion, that some of the boys had taken it merely to tease +Scott, whom she stated to be rather too fond of hoarding. The daughters +thought the same, and were quite unhappy to think that their little +favourite should be suspected. Juliana, indeed, was about to hasten to +the school-room, in the hope of affording him some consolation, but was +requested by her papa to remain where she was. + +At length the school broke up; and, by the command of Dr. Harris, +search was made in every part, not merely amongst the boys, but also +amongst the servants; but, unfortunately, without finding the new +coin. The boys were now all assembled with the family, and Dr. Harris +commenced his examination, by asking Scott when he last saw his money. +"Last Sunday morning, Sir," he replied; "and Henry was with me at the +time." This Henry corroborated, by saying it was true, and that he saw +him put it in his purse again; when Greene stepped forward and said, +that he believed no person but Henry knew of Scott's possessing this +new coin; and that he, therefore, was the only person that could have +taken it. + +At this direct charge Henry stood for some time amazed; and then +bursting into a flood of tears, vehemently protested against the truth +of his assertion, and dared him to the proof; when Walker, who stood +close by Greene and Scott, said, "It is of no use for you to deny it, +Master Wardour, as I know those that can prove they saw you take the +money." Henry was for a moment speechless; when George said it was +false, and demanded, with more than common earnestness, that he would +bring forth his accusers, and let him meet them face to face. + +This request was repeated by the rest of the boys, who feared they +might have said something, in an unguarded moment, which Walker had +construed into an assertion of Henry's guilt. Dr. Harris also requested +Walker to name the person who saw him take the money; when he replied, +that he knew no more than what Greene had told him, who said he saw +Henry steal it. + +Mrs. Harris now stepped forward, and earnestly entreated Greene, in +common justice, if he had any proof that Henry took the money, or +knew any thing of it, that he would instantly make it appear. At this +Greene was a good deal confused; and after first of all acknowledging +that he had said so, he then as plainly said that he knew nothing +about it, but was _sure_ that nobody else could have taken the money. +Mrs. Harris, who was a sincere lover of justice, possessing too a +great deal of discrimination, inveighed in very strong terms against +charging a boy with theft, and casting aspersions upon his character, +without any foundation whatever. "He has now been a considerable time +in the school," she added, turning to her husband, "without ever having +created any suspicion of his honesty, or without doing the slightest +act upon which to ground such a charge. Besides, I have frequently +trusted him with money to fetch various articles for me, and he has +always acted with the strictest honesty; and," raising her voice, "I +will myself be bound for his innocence upon this occasion, for there is +not a more honest lad in the school; and it is my belief, that some of +those who throw out hints of suspicion against Master Wardour, are much +more likely, from their general character, to have robbed Scott than he +is." + +Greene now slunk behind the rest of the boys; and in consequence of +this tone being taken by this excellent lady, Walker apologized for +having accused Henry of so great a crime, and added, that he should +never again believe what Greene said. + +"You may go, Master Henry," said Dr. Harris, in the kindest manner +possible, "and I have no doubt that the thief will be found out; and +then those who have accused you will have cause to be ashamed of +themselves." + +George, little Ned, and a great number of his school-fellows, now +crowded round Henry, congratulating him upon his victory, as they +were all anxious to see him fairly acquitted of the charge. Eliza +and Juliana also joined the little throng, and, by their caresses, +endeavoured to rally him into his usual good spirits, which they +continued to do for some days after. As, however, no discovery was +made about the money, he felt himself very uneasy, and could not but +think that many of the boys looked upon him as a thief; especially +as insinuations were sometimes thrown out by the elder boys, which +made him very miserable; and those who had first accused him, would +frequently ask, in his hearing, "Who stole Scott's money?" + + + + +CHAP. IV. + + +A fortnight had now nearly elapsed, and the affair began, in some +measure, to wear off. Indeed, it was seldom mentioned, except by those +boys who appeared, from the commencement, so desirous of obtaining a +verdict against Henry. His school-fellows, generally, were anxious to +play with him, and endeavoured to rouse his spirits by every means in +their power. They never commenced a new game, but he was solicited +to join them; and they never went for a walk, but he was anxiously +requested to accompany them. All their endeavours however, were +fruitless: they could not make him what he was before this charge was +brought against him. He evidently had something preying upon his mind; +for instead of being one of the most lively boys in the school--one who +had hitherto shown a desire to join in any good-natured frolic--he was +now become quite serious, and even melancholy. In vain did his friend +George use every exertion: he who before could have persuaded him to +any thing, and to whose advice he had always paid a great regard, now +entreated him, in vain, to cheer his drooping spirits. Mrs. Harris, +with her two daughters, also endeavoured to laugh him out of what they +called his sulky mood; but he replied, that he could not help it; that +he should never again be happy till it was discovered who it was +that stole Scott's money; and that its being lost while he was his +bed-fellow, certainly threw a suspicion upon him that he could not get +over, and to labour under which made him truly miserable. + +Dr. Harris felt a great deal of uneasiness about the matter, not merely +because he saw Henry labouring under so serious a charge, but that an +affair of such a nature should remain so long undetected, and that +he should hitherto have been foiled in his attempts to clear up the +mystery. In this state he continued, when, one morning, after he had +returned from his usual early walk, and was crossing the lawn that +led from the school to the parsonage-house, he observed a poor woman, +rather shabbily dressed, looking in at the school-room window. Not +appearing to find the object of her search, she was turning towards +the house, when she encountered the person of the Doctor. + +"Who are you looking for, good woman?" asked he. + +"I--I want," apparently somewhat disturbed by meeting the master, "I +want to see one of the little boys, Sir," she said, curtsying very low. + +"What little boy do you want? and what do you want him for?" + +"I don't know his name, Sir; but he wears a short blue jacket and +nankeen trowsers, and a white hat, Sir. He has black hair, and he is a +very handsome boy, Sir." + +"Is his name Henry," said Dr. Harris. + +"I think that was the name the other lad called him by, Sir; for there +was another fresh-coloured little gentleman came to the cottage with +him." + +"What did they come to your cottage about, my good woman?" + +"Oh, Sir, I and my poor dear sick husband ought to be very thankful for +the help they gave us. And I now want to see them, to thank them for +their goodness, and to tell them that my husband will, by God's mercy, +be able to go to work very soon. That's all I wanted, Sir," she said, +again curtsying, though with some degree of alarm; for she feared that +her peeping about for the boys might have offended Dr. Harris. + +"What did they do for your sick husband then?" asked Dr. Harris. "I do +not think they had the power of rendering you much assistance." + +"Oh yes, Sir, they had," she replied: "Master Henry gave us, +altogether, sixteen shillings. And I am sure, that if he had not +helped us, we should all have been starved. But the Lord is always very +good, and sends something to those who are in want." + +At this recital Dr. Harris felt amazed; and the circumstance of Scott's +money being lost, immediately recurred to his memory. "It must be so," +he said to himself: "these boys, anxious to do a service to this poor +family, have taken Scott's money from his box, where I suppose they +thought it was lying useless, and appropriated it to relieving their +wants.--Step in doors, my good woman," he said, as he hastened across +the lawn: "step in: I wish to ask you a few questions." + +Martha Watson, (for that was the name of this poor woman) now repented +having come to the school at all, as she feared, from the anxiety in +Dr. Harris's face, that the boys might get scolded for coming to the +cottage without leave of their master; and she followed him to the +house with a faltering step. + +The servant having opened the door, Dr. Harris led the way into a +little room, which was his study, and desired Martha Watson to enter, +when he closed the door, and they both sat down. "Where do you live, +pray?" asked the Doctor. + +"In one of those poor cottages, Sir, in the lane that leads on to the +common." + +"You say these boys gave you sixteen shillings: I wish you would tell +me what it was that first induced them to come to your cottage, and +every thing you know about them." + +Martha Watson now felt very uneasy, and anxiously asked whether they +had done any thing wrong, which she the more feared, as she had not +seen them for some time past. Dr. Harris begged of her to answer his +question, and assured her that there was no cause for her alarm. + +She then related to him the following circumstance: "About a month ago, +Sir, as my little son Jack, who is about six years old, was coming from +Farmer Miles's, with a pitcher full of milk, and making all the haste +he could to get home with it for his daddy's supper, these two young +gentlemen were hastening off the common, and in their hurry to turn the +corner of the lane, they did not see little Jack, but ran against him. +So, Sir, they ran so violently, that they knocked him down, spilled the +milk, broke the pitcher into a hundred pieces, and cut poor Jack's arm, +which bled very much indeed." + +"They did not do him a very serious injury, I hope," said the Doctor. + +"No, Sir; only cut his arm a little. Finding, however, that Jack was +afraid to go home alone, they came with him to our cottage, when they +told me the whole affair, and said how sorry they were they had spilt +the milk and broke the pitcher; and did all they could to pacify little +Jack. When they found how poor we were, and saw my dear husband sick in +bed, they asked me many questions: how long he had been ill, what money +we had, and many others; and when I told them that he had kept his bed +for five weeks, and was not then able to get up; and that we had no +money, but the little I and my eldest girl could earn in the fields, +they talked together a little while, and the young gentleman in the +white hat said, that he would see me again in about an hour, and pay +me for the pitcher and the milk, and give me something for my husband." + + [Illustration: Henry & George visiting the poor Cottager. + + _See page 56_] + +"Did they return then in about an hour?" said Dr. Harris. + +"No, Sir; they did not call again till next morning, when they asked me +whether my poor husband was better, and how Jack's arm was. One of them +pulled out of his pocket a guinea, and----" + +"A guinea!" exclaimed Dr. Harris, interrupting the woman: "are you +positive it was a guinea?" + +"I am sure it was a golden coin, Sir; because they asked me to change +it. But that was impossible, for I had no money at all in the house." + +"Well, my good woman, and what did they do then?" asked Dr. Harris, +evidently much agitated. + +"Why, Sir, finding I had no money, they went into the town and got the +golden coin changed, and gave me ten shillings of it. In a few days, +Sir, they came again, and gave me six more shillings." + +"Did they ever call after that time?" + +"Once, Sir, which was about ten days ago; and as I have not seen them +since, I made free to call here this morning; because I am sure they +would be glad to hear that my poor dear husband was getting better, +and would soon be able to work. If the young gentlemen had not been so +kind to us, I don't know what we should have done. I am afraid my poor +husband must have died for want of proper things. But the Lord will +reward them for their kindness; and I am sure they are good boys." + +Dr. Harris congratulated the cottager upon the restoration of her +husband to health, and said that Mrs. Harris should visit her family; +and that he would also tell Henry and George that she had called to +thank them; but that it was not convenient for her to see them just +then. Having again asked her where she resided, he bade her good +morning, and she immediately returned home. + +When Martha Watson had gone, Dr. Harris joined his family at the +breakfast-table, and related the whole of the affair to them, adding +his conviction of Henry's guilt, and that he was sorry to find he had +been so deceived by him. George too, he said, was equally guilty; for +he had been a party in giving away the stolen property. "I shall write +to their parents this evening," he added; "for I am at a loss to know +how to punish such duplicity and wickedness." + +Mrs. Harris and her daughters, although staggered by the statement +which the Doctor had made to them, suggested the propriety of calling +in Henry and George. "For," said Mrs. Andrews, "although it looks very +suspicious, I never can believe them guilty until it is plainly proved." + +"I think this is sufficient proof," he said, rather angrily; for he +felt vexed to think of the trouble this affair would give to their +parents. + +"True; so it is, my dear," answered his wife, "if not contradicted; but +I hope that they will be able to give such an explanation as will be +satisfactory to us all." + +"And that I am sure they will," said Eliza, rising from her chair; "and +pray, papa, let me call them in." + +The servant at this moment entered the room to take away the +breakfast-things, when Dr. Harris desired her to send in Master Wardour +and Master Harrington. + +The boys had but just taken their seats in the school-room, when the +servant summoned them into the parlour. Henry, who still continued in +the same desponding mood, felt gratified by hearing that he was wanted +there; but it was only a momentary pleasure. He at first thought he +might be wanted to accompany Eliza and Juliana to the garden, or be +commissioned by Mrs. Harris to go into the town for her; but when he +found that George was also wanted, and that they were to go together, +he felt convinced of some fresh trouble; for he was not the same +cheerful boy he used to be. Fear seemed to have taken possession of +his whole frame; when George, thinking he observed a tear starting in +his eye, grasped his hand with the warmth of sincere friendship, and +cheered him up by saying, "Now for it, Henry: it is all settled, and we +are wanted to hear the good news;" and they went, hand in hand, into +the parlour. + +After making their obedience, they walked up to the table; and Dr. +Harris, with a look somewhat more stern than usual, said, "Henry, do +you know a woman named Martha Watson, who lives near the common?" + +"Yes, Sir," said George, "I know her: a very poor woman." + +"I asked Henry," said Dr. Harris; "and I expect that he will answer me." + +But poor Henry, from some cause or other, was, at the moment, unable +to reply. George, therefore, seeing his friend at a loss, immediately +gave the answer; and Henry, recovering his self-possession, now gave +a direct answer to every question that the worthy master put to him, +and proceeded to explain how they became possessed of so much money. +"George and I," he said, "were one day walking through the town, when +we met a gentleman on horseback, who had lately seen our parents in +London. He told us that he was going to call upon us at the school; but +as he had met us, that would do as well. He then gave us a new coin, +which is called a sovereign; and after staying with us about a quarter +of an hour, he shook hands with us, and rode off." + +"And the same evening," added George, "we had the misfortune to run +over little Jack Watson, and break his pitcher. We then thought it our +duty to see him safe home, and to pay for the pitcher and milk. When +we got to the cottage, we saw the poor man stretched on a wretched +straw mattress, where he said he had been above a month; and the tear +rolled down his cheek when he looked round the room, and saw five +little children, who were all anxiously waiting for the milk which we +had been so unfortunate as to knock out of little Jack's hand. Indeed, +Sir," George continued, "we never before saw so much wretchedness; and +Henry said, that as we had plenty to eat and drink, and pocket-money +besides, we might as well get the new coin changed, and give them some +of it, saying, he wished we had more. I agreed to give nearly all my +share; and the next morning we went to the cottage, and gave most of +the money to the poor people." + +"But why did you not tell me or Mrs. Harris of this distressed +cottager, and also that you had had so much money given to you, Henry?" + +"Because, Sir, you had given strict orders that no boy should enter a +place of sickness, for fear of bringing away a fever. We should not +have gone there; but we had hurt poor Jack, and he was afraid to go +home, after having lost all the milk. He said his mother would not +believe him, if he told her that some one had broken the pitcher." + +The plain and unassuming manner in which the boys told their tale, +threw an unusual cheerfulness round the whole family. Dr. Harris felt +himself satisfied with the account which they had given; while Mrs. +Harris and her daughters were overjoyed to find that the boys could +give an explanation so very creditable to their feelings. "It is not," +said the lady, when the boys had left the room, "because my belief in +their ability to give an explanation is confirmed, that I feel this +satisfaction; but that they should have shown themselves so susceptible +of the finest feelings of our nature. That they should have pitied and +relieved the wants of their suffering fellow-creatures; and that, too, +without ostentation or parade, convinces me, at once, that neither of +them would be guilty of the charge made against Henry. And I sincerely +wish that some light may be speedily thrown upon this unpleasant and +mysterious affair, or I shall have great cause to fear the consequences +with regard to his health." + +Dr. Harris then left the table for the school-room, heartily concurring +in every word that his amiable lady had uttered. Upon entering, he +found the boys in deep consultation; for, immediately upon the return +of Edward and George, they were questioned by their school-fellows as +to the result of so long an interview. George, who would, from modesty, +have readily refrained from stating a circumstance so creditable +to himself, as well as to his friend, had he not feared a wrong +construction would have been put upon his silence, immediately related +the whole of what had passed in the parlour. The majority of the boys +felt a little disappointed that nothing more conclusive had transpired; +not perceiving, that boys who were capable of giving away their money +in the manner that Henry and George had done, were unlikely to rob +another of the little he possessed. + +Greene and a few others, however, with a malignity that spoke an +interested motive, did not fail to turn this statement into ridicule. +Greene in particular, who had displayed great anxiety and uneasiness +during the absence of Henry and George, at the conclusion of the tale +which the boys had requested George to relate, burst into loud and +excessive laughter, and exclaimed, "This is one of the finest tales I +ever heard. Is it likely, in the first place, that any gentleman would +give them a sovereign? Did any of you ever receive so much at one +time; and that, too, from a poor traveller? And is it likely that, if +they had had it given to them, as they wish us to believe, that they +would have parted with it in the manner they say they have? It is all +a made-up story. I don't know where Scott's money is; but I think, if +it has been given to the poor cottagers, he ought to have the credit of +it." + +Several of the boys then joined him in the loud laugh with which he +concluded this base insinuation. Poor Henry was again driven back into +his low-spiritedness, and gave, first a look of contempt at Greene, +and then cast his eyes upon George, as his only refuge and support +against this fresh and unexpected attack. It is difficult to say how +Greene would have fared, had not Dr. Harris at this moment entered +the school; for George was never more indignant, nor never felt a +greater inclination to tell Greene what he thought of his cowardly +conduct, than he did at this moment. Little Ned, however, did not fail +to whisper in his ear as he passed, that which was at all times an +unwelcome sound: "Who stole the cakes?" said he, loud enough for the +rest of the boys to hear. Greene looked vexed, and went to his seat. + +Some time passed away, and nothing transpired to clear up this +mysterious affair; while the few enemies that Henry had in the school +appeared to increase, from the construction which Greene and some +others had put upon George's explanation concerning the money. Henry, +unable to bear up against the stigma, not only grew melancholy, but +began to lose his appetite, and looked very thin and ill. Mrs. Harris +really felt somewhat alarmed, and said every thing she could to comfort +him; but, alas! it was all in vain. Scott also, to do him justice, did +every thing in his power to relieve him, but without avail; and Henry +began to think he should fall a victim to a false accusation, for he +had no sleep by night, nor ease by day. + +Dr. Harris now proposed to send for his father, which he did; and +he arrived in a few days. Dr. H. made him acquainted with the whole +affair, from first to last; and Henry was sent for into the parlour. +His father was shocked at his appearing in such ill health, and +the agony of his feelings was intense at the cause of his illness. +He entreated him, by the love he bore towards him and his mother, +to confess the truth. "If, my dear boy," he said, "you have, in an +unguarded moment, been led into an error, the only reparation is openly +to confess it. In that case I will pay the boy the money, and you shall +receive my forgiveness." + +Henry assured him that he knew nothing at all of the money--that it +made him very unhappy indeed--that he had had no sleep for the last +three or four nights--and that he had lost his appetite; when, throwing +his arms round his father's neck, he burst into an agony of tears, and +could only exclaim, "I am innocent! I am innocent!" + +Mrs. Harris having pacified Henry, said that it would perhaps be best +for Mr. Wardour to take him home for a short time; but to this Henry +himself objected, as he knew very well that there were boys who would +turn that to his disadvantage. His father, therefore, procured him +some medicine, to calm his spirits and allay the slight fever which he +appeared to have; and then went to transact some business at a short +distance from the village, promising to see him again in a few days, +and determining, in his own mind, to take Henry home with him, should +nothing transpire in the mean time to free him from this accusation. + + + + +CHAP. V. + + +The time had now arrived when Henry was to be freed from his troubles, +and to obtain a satisfactory victory over malignity and base design. +On the evening after his father had taken leave of him, and when he, +in company with his friend George, was sitting at his bed-room window, +admiring the beauties of the setting sun, and enjoying the calmness of +the surrounding scenery, an unusual noise was heard upon the stairs. +Henry instantly rose from his seat and opened the door, when in rushed +little Ned, breathless, and almost speechless. He had his hairy cap in +his hand, and had contrived to run one of his legs through his long +pin-afore, as he made his way up the stairs. His face was far more red +than usual, and full of anxiety. + + [Illustration:--its all found out!--the thief is found out. + + _page 75._] + +"What is the matter, Ned?" said Henry as he entered: "you seem in a +hurry." + +"In a hurry!" Ned replied, gasping for breath: "in a hurry! Why, it's +all found out!" said he, waving his cap over his head. + +"What is found out?" asked George, laughing heartily at Ned's grotesque +appearance. "Look at your leg through your pin-afore." + +"Never mind," said he: "Kitty will mend that. But it is all found out! +the _thief_ is found out." As he uttered these words, he seized Henry +by the hand, who, with George and himself, hastened down stairs, Ned +repeating all the way, "It's all found out! _I_ have found him out!" +He dragged them both into the school-room, where most of the boys were +assembled. Dr. Harris, who was disturbed by the noise, also followed; +and, upon his entering, Ned called out, with a loud voice, "I charge +you, Charles Greene, with stealing Scott's money, and will prove it!" + +Greene started, as though he had seen something unnatural. "I,--I," was +all he could articulate, and he turned as white as possible. + +"Yes," says Ned, "I have just been into Dame Birch's, the pie-woman, +who said that you had then been to pay the money you owed her, and that +she was very glad she had got clear of you." + +He then related to Dr. Harris, the conversation he had had with the +pie-woman about ten minutes before. "As I was walking to the shop, +Sir," he said, "I saw Greene take his leave, when he was busily +thrusting something into his pockets, I went into the shop, and Mrs. +Birch told me that Greene had just paid her the remainder of his debt. +I asked what debt it was; and she told me that it had been owing a long +time: that, about a month ago, he went there and changed a sovereign, +and paid her eight shillings out of fourteen he owed her; and that he +wished the whole of the sovereign had belonged to himself, but it did +not; for one of the other boys was to have half, as he had been with +him when he had found it." + +Greene, who had by this time in some measure recovered from his first +shock, here interrupted Ned by saying, "I never told her so: I said +my father gave it to me, which he did. He told me that my uncle from +London had called and left it for me." + +Ned declared he had told Dr. Harris the truth, and every word that Dame +Birch had said, except that she added, "I believe I should never have +got the money, if I had not threatened to go to his master." + +Dame Birch was now sent for, and confirmed what little Ned had stated; +and in answer to a question from Dr. Harris, why she allowed the boys +to get so much in debt? said, that she could not help it with Greene, +for he would have what he chose; but that it was not all for cakes: +part of it was payment for two squares of glass, which he broke when +fighting, one day, with another boy. + +During the interview, Henry and George, and one or two of their +school-fellows, hastened to Mr. Greene's house, (for he fortunately +lived at a short distance from the village,) to have his son's account +either confirmed or denied. On their reaching the door, they knocked +with great authority; and upon the servant's opening it, they demanded +to see his master immediately, as they had some very important business +with him. The servant informed Mr. Greene of their visit, and he came +out of the parlour and demanded what business they could have with him; +when George said, "Sir, we have taken the liberty to call upon you, to +know whether you gave your son Charles a sovereign about a month ago. + +"Gave him what?" said the old gentleman: "gave him a sovereign! Not I, +indeed: I hope I know better what to do with my money. His mother might +have given him six-pence or so; but we should never think of giving him +any thing like a sovereign." + +He then returned into the parlour, and they heard him ask Mrs. Greene, +if she knew of Charles's having a sovereign about a month ago, when she +answered, "No, my dear." + +This was quite satisfactory to Henry and his friends; and without +waiting any further ceremony, they started off for the school. + +In the mean time Greene, having ascertained that they were gone to his +father's to make enquiry, had confessed that it was he who had stolen +the money out of Scott's box; and when they returned, he was surrounded +by all the boys, who were upbraiding and taunting him with his villany. +His own friends too were against him; and, from shame and agitation of +mind, he looked most wretchedly. + +It is impossible to describe the scene which now took place in the +school-room. Henry, whose mind was relieved from the depression +occasioned by this disgraceful charge, was caressed and congratulated +by every boy in the school. Mrs. Harris kissed him affectionately, +and said she felt confident of his innocence from the first, and had +never despaired of its being made evident. Juliana and Eliza were also +amongst the first to bestow their approbation upon his conduct. George +and little Ned were delighted beyond measure to see their friend once +more made happy, and hoped soon to have him as the chief in their +youthful sports. + +But it was far different with Greene, who now felt all the wretchedness +of one convicted of theft, and detected in basely attaching the +disgraceful charge to an innocent and praiseworthy lad. He had taken +his seat at the extremity of the school-room, and was hiding his face +in his hands; and though a boy of wonderful spirits and strong nerve, +was now bathed in tears, and sobbing aloud. Dr. Harris, who had been +giving him a very severe lecture, still stood over him, impressing upon +him the necessity of retiring into his room, to seek from God that +forgiveness in prayer and repentance, which, he too much feared, would +not be easily obtained from his offended and disgusted school-fellows. +He now, therefore, arose, and made his way towards the door, in doing +which he had again to encounter the execrations and pointed fingers of +the boys, who cried, as he passed them, "Go, thou thief!" and followed +him until they saw him enter the house. + +Henry, however, was the only lad who did not upbraid him; for, though +Greene had behaved in so disgraceful a manner towards him, he could not +but feel distressed to see him appear almost brokenhearted. He still +remembered, in the midst of his joy, that but a few hours had elapsed +since he felt all the wretchedness of one _supposed_ to be guilty of +theft. "What then," he said to himself, "must be the feelings of +him who stands _convicted_ of the crime, and therefore has not the +consciousness of innocence to support him? I cannot find in my heart to +upbraid him," he said, as he took George and Ned by the hand and led +them across the lawn. + +They continued their walk until bed-time, when they returned, and Henry +again experienced the sweets of a good night's rest, the sure reward of +integrity. + + [Illustration: "What shall I do?" "I will leave the School" + + _page 85_] + +Greene, on the contrary, was now distressed beyond measure: his night +was restless and unrefreshing; and as the time was fast approaching +when he must again face his master and his school-fellows, remorse and +dread had taken possession of his mind, and he felt as if he had not +strength to dress himself. "What shall I do?" he exclaimed, as he +again threw himself across the bed: "I cannot enter the school-room, +nor face my school-fellows; for I know they must despise me. I, who +have hitherto taken the lead in the school, and have done as I chose +with the boys, am now to be pointed at and spurned by the least in +the place. I will leave the school directly," he added, rising from +the bed, and making another attempt to dress: "I will leave the +school directly, and hasten to my uncle's in London." With this rash +determination he concluded, when, taking up his jacket, he discovered, +upon the back of it, that which had before escaped his notice, the +words "THIEF" and "LIAR," in large characters. This fresh assault +cut him to the heart. He dropped the coat, and fell upon his knees +at the foot of the bed, praying aloud to his Maker for forgiveness, +and promising never to offend in the like manner again. He concluded +by exclaiming, in great agitation: "Where shall I find a friend to +plead for me? and to whom, among my school-fellows, can I now look for +support?" + +"To me! to me!" cried Henry, who was passing his chamber at the time, +and whose kind heart overflowed with pity at the distressed bewailings +of this repentant boy. "I will be your friend, and seek forgiveness +from your school-fellows. Though you have grossly injured me, I cannot, +must not bear malice. Dr. Harris tells us we should forget and forgive." + +"And do _you_ forgive me, Henry?" he exclaimed: "can you forgive one +who has acted so basely towards you?" + +"I can and do," he answered, "and will beg of Dr. Harris to forgive you +also." He then seized him by the hand, and, half undressed as he was, +with his coat under his arm, and his eyes swollen with crying, he drew +him to the school-room, where Dr. Harris had just taken his seat. As +he made his way towards the desk, the boys were greatly surprised, and +wondered when they heard Henry ask Dr. Harris to forgive him. "I found +him, Sir," continued Henry, "upon his knees, asking forgiveness of the +Almighty, and making promises of future amendment. I therefore, as far +as I am concerned, heartily forgive him, and I hope, Sir, you will do +the same." + +Dr. Harris then addressed Greene in his most impressive manner, +telling him that he was glad to find he was made sensible of his +error; and was also happy to see him so full of contrition: adding, +"that, as it is the sincere wish of Henry, to whom you ought to be +for ever grateful, I am willing to think no more of this matter. But +it is not to me, so much as to your school-fellows, you need look for +forgiveness; and to them you ought to apply, as being the parties +offended." + +Henry then took him down the school, and by his earnest entreaties and +pathetic address, obtained his pardon. + +Greene now retired, and in a short time returned to his lessons, +somewhat happier than when he arose, but still depressed by shame. + +The next day Mr. Wardour returned, and had the felicity to find his son +restored to health and happiness. When he heard of his acquittal, and +of his noble conduct in obtaining pardon for Greene, he pressed him +to his bosom, and almost shed tears of joy. He then exhorted him to be +always grateful for this providential discovery of his innocence, and +to let all the future actions of his life be governed by the same noble +principles as he had followed upon this trying occasion. After making +a present to George and little Ned, for their friendly conduct towards +his son, he obtained a holiday for the whole school, and took his leave. + +Mr. Greene, upon hearing of his son's conduct, would have severely +punished him, had not Dr. Harris assured him of his contrition, and +begged of him to inflict no further chastisement than he had already +received from his little school-follows. He therefore contented himself +with making Scott a handsome present. + +Mrs. Harris and her daughters had been lately busy in relieving the +family of poor Martha Watson, whom the late circumstances had brought +under their notice. The husband, by this good lady's well-timed +attendance, had now recovered his health, and had gone to work, while +the children were clothed and made decent in their appearance; and +their mother never failed to bless the names of Henry and George, and +to thank that Providence which had directed them to her cottage. + +Greene still continued in a gloomy state, when he was happily relieved +from it by his uncle prevailing upon his father to let him go a voyage +to the East Indies with him; and, in less than a month, he departed +from that place, which had now become irksome to him; but not without +first being well convinced, that "_honesty is the best policy_." + +Henry and George still continued to be beloved by their school-fellows; +and each remained happy in the possession of a good conscience. + + +THE END. + + +Harvey, Darton, and Co. Printers, Gracechurch-Street. + + + + + CHILDREN'S BOOKS, + + PUBLISHED BY + + _HARVEY AND DARTON_, + + GRACECHURCH-STREET, + + _LONDON_. + + + DOMESTIC PLEASURES; or, the Happy Fire-side. Illustrated by + interesting conversations. By _F.B. Vaux._ Price 4s. 6d. boards. + + IMITATION. By _Maria Benson_. Author of "Thoughts on Education, + System and no System." Price 2s. 6d. half bound. + + The CONVERSATIONS of EMILY. Abridged from the French. 18mo. Price + 3s. 6d. half bound. + + DIALOGUES on curious Subjects in Natural History, 18mo. Price 2s. + half bound. + + The HISTORY of a TAME ROBIN. Supposed to be written by himself. + Price 2s. 6d. half bound. + + The HISTORY of MUNGO, the little Traveller. By _Mary Mister_. Price + 1s. 6d. + + The ADVENTURES of a DOLL. By the Author of "Mungo, &c." Price 2s. + 6d. half bound. + + TALES from the MOUNTAINS. By the Author of "Mungo, &c." Price 2s. + 6d. + + GUSTAVUS; or, the Macaw. A Story to teach Children the proper value + of Things. Price 2s. 6d. half bound. + + The ORACLE; or, the Friend of Youth. By the Author of "A Cup of + Sweets." Price 2s. half bound. + + MAY-DAY; or, Anecdotes of Lydia Lively. Price 2s. + + BUDS of GENIUS; or, some Account of the early Lives of celebrated + Characters who were remarkable in their Childhood. Price 2s. half + bound. + + The Principal Events in the LIFE of MOSES, and in the Journey of + the Israelites from Egypt to Canaan. By _Henry Lacey_. Illustrated + by fifteen Engravings. Price 3s. neatly half bound, roan backs. + + SCRIPTURAL STORIES, for very Young Children. By the Author of "The + Decoy." Price 1s. + + The HISTORY of LITTLE DAVY's NEW HAT. By _Robert Bloomfield_. + Author of the "Farmer's Boy," "Rural Tales, &c." With Plates. Price + 2s. half bound. + + The LITTLE VISITORS. In Words composed of One and Two Syllables. + Price 1s. 6d. half bound. + + STORIES of ANIMALS, intended for Children between five and seven + years old. By _Maria Hack_. 16mo. With Copper-plates. Price 2s. 6d. + half bound. + + WINTER EVENINGS; or Tales of Travellers. By _Maria Hack_, 4 vols. + 18mo. Price 10s. half bound. + + HARRY BEAUFOY; or, the Pupil of Nature. By _Maria Hack_. 18mo. 2s. + 6d. half bound. + + The WINTER VACATION; or, Holidays in the Country. Price 1s. 6d. + half bound. + + The SUMMER VACATION. Price 1s. 6d. half bound. + + The INFANT MINSTREL; or, Poetry for Young Minds. Price 1s. 6d. half + bound. + + The DEW-DROP; or, Summer Morning's Walk. By _F.B. Vaux_. With + Plates. Price 1s. + + LITTLE ANECDOTES for Little People. By _Mary Mister_. Price 1s. + + EASY LESSONS for INFANTS; and short Stories, written from Facts. + With coloured cuts. Price 1s. 6d. + + VERSES for Little Children. Written by a young Lady, for the + Amusement of her junior Brothers and sisters. With Copper-plates. + Price 6d. + + STORIES for Children. By _S. Hayes_. With Copper-plates. Price 6d. + + A NEW-YEAR'S GIFT for a young Cottager. With a Frontispiece. Price + 6d. + + The STORY of ELLEN and MARY; or, the Advantage of Humility. With + Copper-plates. Price 1s. + + + + +Transcriber's Note: + +Some punctuation has been silently altered. + +The following words have been changed. + + determined is now determined + Goerge is now George + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Friends, by Unknown + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FRIENDS *** + +***** This file should be named 44178.txt or 44178.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/4/4/1/7/44178/ + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Sue Fleming and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This +file was produced from images generously made available +by The Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/44178.zip b/old/44178.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..afcfcff --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44178.zip |
